CHASE BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION as Transferor and Servicer and THE BANK OF NEW YORK (DELAWARE) as Trustee on behalf of the Certificateholders of the First USA Credit Card Master Trust THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT...
Exhibit
10.3
EXECUTION
COPY
CHASE
BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as
Transferor and Servicer
and
THE
BANK OF NEW YORK (DELAWARE)
as
Trustee
on
behalf of the Certificateholders
____________________________________
THIRD
AMENDED AND RESTATED POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
Dated
as of December 19, 2007
____________________________________
TABLE
OF CONTENTS
Page
ARTICLE
I DEFINITIONS
|
2
|
||
Section
1.01
|
Definitions
|
2
|
|
Section
1.02
|
Other
Definitional Provisions
|
20
|
|
ARTICLE
II CONVEYANCE OF RECEIVABLES; ISSUANCE OF CERTIFICATES
|
22
|
||
Section
2.01
|
Conveyance
of Receivables
|
22
|
|
Section
2.02
|
Acceptance
by Trustee
|
23
|
|
Section
2.03
|
Representations
and Warranties of the Transferor
|
24
|
|
Section
2.04
|
Representations
and Warranties of the Transferor Relating to this Agreement and the
Receivables
|
26
|
|
Section
2.05
|
Covenants
of the Transferor
|
30
|
|
Section
2.06
|
Addition
of Accounts
|
33
|
|
Section
2.07
|
Removal
of Accounts
|
35
|
|
Section
2.08
|
Discount
Receivables
|
36
|
|
ARTICLE
III ADMINISTRATION AND SERVICING OF RECEIVABLES
|
38
|
||
Section
3.01
|
Acceptance
of Appointment and Other Matters Relating to the Servicer
|
38
|
|
Section
3.02
|
Servicing
Compensation
|
40
|
|
Section
3.03
|
Representations
and Warranties of the Servicer
|
40
|
|
Section
3.04
|
Reports
and Records for the Trustee
|
42
|
|
Section
3.05
|
Annual
Servicer’s Certificate
|
43
|
|
Section
3.06
|
Annual
Independent Accountants’ Servicing Report
|
43
|
|
Section
3.07
|
Tax
Treatment
|
44
|
|
Section
3.08
|
Notices
to the Transferor
|
44
|
|
ARTICLE
IV RIGHTS OF CERTIFICATEHOLDERS AND ALLOCATION AND APPLICATION OF
COLLECTIONS
|
45
|
||
Section
4.01
|
Rights
of Certificateholders
|
45
|
|
Section
4.02
|
Establishment
of Accounts
|
45
|
|
Section
4.03
|
Collections
and Allocations
|
47
|
|
ARTICLE
V [ARTICLE V IS RESERVED AND SHALL BE SPECIFIED IN ANY SUPPLEMENT
WITH
RESPECT TO ANY SERIES]
|
51
|
||
ARTICLE
VI THE CERTIFICATES
|
52
|
||
Section
6.01
|
The
Certificates
|
52
|
|
Section
6.02
|
Authentication
of Certificates
|
52
|
|
Section
6.03
|
Registration
of Transfer and Exchange of Certificates
|
53
|
|
Section
6.04
|
Mutilated,
Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates
|
55
|
|
Section
6.05
|
Persons
Deemed Owners
|
56
|
|
Section
6.06
|
Appointment
of Paying Agent
|
56
|
|
Section
6.07
|
Access
to List of Certificateholders’ Names and Addresses
|
57
|
i
Section
6.08
|
Authenticating
Agent
|
58
|
|
Section
6.09
|
Tender
of Exchangeable Transferor Certificate
|
59
|
|
Section
6.10
|
Book-Entry
Certificates
|
61
|
|
Section
6.11
|
Notices
to Clearing Agency
|
61
|
|
Section
6.12
|
Definitive
Certificates
|
62
|
|
Section
6.13
|
Global
Certificate
|
62
|
|
Section
6.14
|
Meetings
of Certificateholders
|
62
|
|
ARTICLE
VII OTHER MATTERS RELATING TO THE TRANSFEROR
|
64
|
||
Section
7.01
|
Liability
of the Transferor
|
64
|
|
Section
7.02
|
Merger
or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the Obligations of, the
Transferor
|
64
|
|
Section
7.03
|
Limitation
on Liability
|
65
|
|
Section
7.04
|
Liabilities
|
65
|
|
ARTICLE
VIII OTHER MATTERS RELATING TO THE SERVICER
|
66
|
||
Section
8.01
|
Liability
of the Servicer
|
66
|
|
Section
8.02
|
Merger
or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the Obligations of, the
Servicer
|
66
|
|
Section
8.03
|
Limitation
on Liability of the Servicer and Others
|
66
|
|
Section
8.04
|
Servicer
Indemnification of the Trust and the Trustee
|
67
|
|
Section
8.05
|
The
Servicer Not to Resign
|
68
|
|
Section
8.06
|
Access
to Certain Documentation and Information Regarding the
Receivables
|
68
|
|
Section
8.07
|
Delegation
of Duties
|
68
|
|
Section
8.08
|
Examination
of Records
|
68
|
|
ARTICLE
IX PAY OUT EVENTS
|
70
|
||
Section
9.01
|
Pay
Out Events
|
70
|
|
Section
9.02
|
Additional
Rights Upon the Occurrence of Certain Events
|
70
|
|
ARTICLE
X SERVICER DEFAULTS
|
73
|
||
Section
10.01
|
Servicer
Defaults
|
73
|
|
Section
10.02
|
Trustee
to Act; Appointment of Successor
|
75
|
|
Section
10.03
|
Notification
to Certificateholders
|
76
|
|
Section
10.04
|
Waiver
of Past Defaults
|
76
|
|
ARTICLE
XI THE TRUSTEE
|
77
|
||
Section
11.01
|
Duties
of Trustee
|
77
|
|
Section
11.02
|
Certain
Matters Affecting the Trustee
|
78
|
|
Section
11.03
|
Trustee
Not Liable for Recitals in Certificates
|
80
|
|
Section
11.04
|
Trustee
May Own Certificates
|
80
|
|
Section
11.05
|
The
Servicer to Pay Trustee’s Fees and Expenses
|
80
|
|
Section
11.06
|
Eligibility
Requirements for Trustee
|
80
|
|
Section
11.07
|
Resignation
or Removal of Trustee
|
81
|
|
Section
11.08
|
Successor
Trustee
|
81
|
|
Section
11.09
|
Merger
or Consolidation of Trustee
|
82
|
ii
Section
11.10
|
Appointment
of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee
|
82
|
|
Section
11.11
|
Tax
Returns
|
83
|
|
Section
11.12
|
Trustee
May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Certificates
|
84
|
|
Section
11.13
|
Suits
for Enforcement
|
84
|
|
Section
11.14
|
Rights
of Certificateholders to Direct Trustee
|
84
|
|
Section
11.15
|
Representations
and Warranties of Trustee
|
84
|
|
Section
11.16
|
Maintenance
of Office or Agency
|
85
|
|
ARTICLE
XII TERMINATION
|
86
|
||
Section
12.01
|
Termination
of Trust
|
86
|
|
Section
12.02
|
Optional
Purchase
|
87
|
|
Section
12.03
|
Final
Payment with Respect to any Series
|
88
|
|
Section
12.04
|
Termination
Rights of Holder of Exchangeable Transferor Certificate
|
89
|
|
ARTICLE
XIII MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
|
90
|
||
Section
13.01
|
Amendment
|
90
|
|
Section
13.02
|
Protection
of Right, Title and Interest to Trust
|
91
|
|
Section
13.03
|
Limitation
on Rights of Certificateholders
|
92
|
|
Section
13.04
|
Governing
Law
|
93
|
|
Section
13.05
|
Notices
|
93
|
|
Section
13.06
|
Severability
of Provisions
|
93
|
|
Section
13.07
|
Assignment
|
93
|
|
Section
13.08
|
Certificates
Non-Assessable and Fully Paid
|
94
|
|
Section
13.09
|
Further
Assurances
|
94
|
|
Section
13.10
|
No
Waiver; Cumulative Remedies
|
94
|
|
Section
13.11
|
Counterparts
|
94
|
|
Section
13.12
|
Third-Party
Beneficiaries
|
94
|
|
Section
13.13
|
Actions
by Certificateholders
|
94
|
|
Section
13.14
|
Rule
144A Information
|
94
|
|
Section
13.15
|
Merger
and Integration
|
95
|
|
Section
13.16
|
Heading
|
95
|
|
Section
13.17
|
Characterization
of the Trust
|
95
|
|
Section
13.18
|
Nonpetition
Covenants
|
95
|
|
Section
13.19
|
Fiscal
Year.
|
95
|
|
Section
13.20
|
Waiver
of Jury Trial
|
95
|
|
ARTICLE
XIV COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION AB
|
96
|
||
Section
14.01
|
Intent
of the Parties; Reasonableness
|
96
|
|
Section
14.02
|
Additional
Representations and Warranties of the Trustee
|
96
|
|
Section
14.03
|
Information
to Be Provided by the Trustee
|
96
|
|
Section
14.04
|
Trustee’s
Report on Assessment of Compliance and Attestation.
|
97
|
|
Section
14.05
|
Additional
Representations and Warranties of the Servicer
|
98
|
|
Section
14.06
|
Information
to Be Provided by the Servicer
|
98
|
|
Section
14.07
|
Servicer’s
Report on Assessment of Compliance and Attestation.
|
100
|
|
Section
14.08
|
Use
of Subservicers and Servicing Participants.
|
101
|
iii
EXHIBITS
|
|
Exhibit
A
|
Form
of Exchangeable Transferor Certificate
|
Exhibit
B
|
Form
of Assignment of Receivables in Additional Accounts
|
Exhibit
C
|
Form
of Monthly Servicer’s Certificate
|
Exhibit
D
|
Form
of Annual Servicer’s Certificate
|
Exhibit
E
|
Form
of Opinion of Counsel Regarding Additional Accounts
|
Exhibit
F
|
Form
of Annual Opinion of Counsel
|
Exhibit
G
|
Form
of Reassignment of Receivables
|
Exhibit
H
|
Form
of Reconveyance of Receivables
|
Exhibit
I
|
Form
of Trustee Annual Certification
|
Exhibit
J
|
Servicing
Criteria to be Addressed in Assessment of Compliance
(Trustee)
|
Exhibit
K
|
Servicing
Criteria to be Addressed in Assessment of Compliance
(Servicer)
|
Exhibit
L
|
Form
of Trustee’s Regulation AB Certificate
|
SCHEDULES
|
|
Schedule
1
|
List
of Accounts [Deemed Incorporated]
|
iv
THIRD
AMENDED AND RESTATED POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, dated as of December
19,
2007 (this “Agreement”), by and between CHASE BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
(successor to First USA Bank, National Association), a national banking
association, as Transferor and Servicer, and THE BANK OF NEW YORK (DELAWARE),
a
banking corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, as
Trustee.
WHEREAS,
the predecessors to the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee have heretofore
executed and delivered a Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of September
1, 1992 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, including by the Merger
and Assumption Agreement, dated as of September 17, 1999 by and between First
USA Bank, National Association, FCC National Bank, as the successor Transferor
and the Servicer, and the Trustee, the “Original Pooling and Servicing
Agreement”), by and between First USA Bank, National Association, as the
Transferor and Servicer, and the Trustee for the issuance by the First USA
Credit Card Master Trust (the “Trust”) of the Investor Certificates and the
Exchangeable Transferor Certificate;
WHEREAS,
the parties to the Original Pooling and Servicing Agreement (or the respective
successor entities thereto) have heretofore executed and delivered an Amended
and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of March 28, 2002, as
amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated as of February 1, 2006 (as amended,
supplemented or modified, the “Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing
Agreement”), which amended and restated the Original Pooling and Servicing
Agreement in its entirety;
WHEREAS,
the parties to the Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement (or
the
respective successor entities thereto) have heretofore executed and delivered
a
Second Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of March
14, 2006, as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated as of August 1, 2007
(as
amended, supplemented or modified, the “Second Amended and Restated Pooling and
Servicing Agreement”), which amended and restated the Amended and Restated
Pooling and Servicing Agreement in its entirety;
WHEREAS,
subsection 13.01(a) of the Second Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing
Agreement provides that the Servicer, the Transferor and the Trustee, without
the consent of any of the Certificateholders, may amend the Second Amended
and
Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement from time to time so long as (i) each
Rating Agency shall have provided a written notification that such action will
not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the rating of any outstanding Series
or Class which it is then rating and (ii) the Trustee shall have received an
Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such amendment will not adversely affect
in any material respect the interests of the Investor
Certificateholders;
WHEREAS,
(i) the Trustee, Transferor and Servicer have received from each Rating Agency
a
letter confirming the current rating of each outstanding Series and Class and
(ii) the Trustee has received an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such
amendments will not adversely affect in any material respect the interests
of
the Investor Certificateholders; and
WHEREAS,
all other conditions precedent to the execution of this Agreement have been
complied with.
NOW,
THEREFORE, pursuant to subsection 13.01(a) of the Second Amended and Restated
Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Servicer, the Transferor and the Trustee
hereby agree that effective on and as of the date hereof, the Second Amended
and
Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement is hereby amended and restated in
its
entirety as follows:
In
consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, each party agrees
as
follows for the benefit of the other parties and the
Certificateholders:
ARTICLE
I
DEFINITIONS
Section
1.01 Definitions. Whenever
used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the following
meanings:
“Account”
shall mean each VISA® and MasterCard® credit card account established
pursuant to a Credit Card Agreement between the Transferor and any Person
identified by account number and by the Receivable balance as of the Cut-Off
Date or as of an Addition Cut-Off Date in a list (in the form of a computer
file, microfiche list, CD-ROM or such other form as is agreed upon by the
Transferor and the Trustee) delivered to the Trustee by the Transferor pursuant
to Section 2.01 or 2.06. The definition of Account shall include each
Transferred Account. The term “Account” shall be deemed to refer to
an Additional Account only from and after the Addition Date with respect
thereto, and the term “Account” shall be deemed to refer to any Removed Account
only prior to the Removal Date with respect thereto.
“Account
Information” shall have the meaning specified in subsection
2.02(b).
“Addition
Cut-Off Date” shall mean, with respect to any Additional Account, the date
as of which the applicable Additional Accounts shall have been selected by
the
Transferor for inclusion as Accounts pursuant to Section 2.06.
“Addition
Date” shall mean each date as of which Additional Accounts will be included
as Accounts pursuant to Section 2.06.
“Additional
Account” shall mean each VISA® and
MasterCard® credit card
account
established pursuant to a Credit Card Agreement between Chase USA and any Person
identified by account number and by the Receivable balance as of the relevant
Addition Cut-Off Date in the list (in the form of a computer file, microfiche
list, CD-ROM or such other form as is agreed upon between the Transferor and
the
Trustee) delivered to or caused to be delivered to the Trustee by the Transferor
pursuant to Section 2.06, to be included as an Account pursuant to Section
2.06.
“Adjustment
Payment” shall have the meaning specified in subsection
4.03(c).
2
“Affiliate”
shall mean, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person directly
or
indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common
control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this
definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the
power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or
indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract
or
otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings
correlative to the foregoing.
“Aggregate
Addition Limit” shall mean the aggregate number of accounts that may be
added as Additional Accounts without prior satisfaction of the Rating Agency
Condition, equal to the aggregate number of Accounts (exclusive of the aggregate
amount of Accounts that are Approved Accounts), which would either (x) with
respect to any consecutive three-month period, equal 15% of the aggregate number
of Accounts (inclusive of the aggregate number of Accounts that are Approved
Accounts added during such period) as of the first day of such three-month
period or (y) with respect to any twelve-month period, equal 20% of the
aggregate number of Accounts (inclusive of the aggregate number of Accounts
that
are Approved Accounts added during such period) as of the first day of such
twelve-month period.
“Aggregate
Invested Amount” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the sum of the
Invested Amounts of all Series of Certificates issued and outstanding on such
date of determination.
“Aggregate
Investor Percentage” with respect to Principal Receivables, Finance Charge
Receivables and Receivables in Defaulted Accounts, as the case may be, shall
mean, as of any date of determination, the sum of such Investor Percentages
of
all Series of Certificates issued and outstanding on such date of determination;
provided, however, that the Aggregate Investor Percentage shall
not exceed 100%.
“Agreement”
shall mean this Third Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement
and
all amendments hereof and supplements hereto, including any
Supplement.
“Allocated
Collections” shall have the meaning specified in subsection
4.03(f).
“Amended
and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement” shall have the meaning
specified in the second recital to this Agreement.
“Amendment
Closing Date” shall mean December 19, 2007.
“Amortization
Period” shall mean, with respect to any Series, the period following the
related Revolving Period, which shall be the controlled amortization period,
rapid amortization period, controlled accumulation period, rapid accumulation
period or other amortization or accumulation period, in each case as defined
with respect to such Series in the related Supplement.
“Annual
Membership Fee” shall have the meaning specified in the Credit Card
Agreement applicable to each Account for annual membership fees or similar
terms.
“Applicants”
shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.07.
3
“Appointment
Day” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 9.02(a).
“Approved
Accounts” shall mean each Additional Account added to the Trust with respect
to which the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied.
“Assignment”
shall have the meaning specified in subsection 2.06(c)(ii).
“Authorized
Newspaper” shall mean a newspaper of general circulation in the Borough of
Manhattan, The City of New York printed in the English language and customarily
published on each Business Day, whether or not published on Saturdays, Sundays
and holidays.
“Average
Principal Receivables” shall mean, for any period, an amount equal to (a)
the sum of the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables at the end of each
day
during such period divided by (b) the number of days in such
period.
“Bank
Portfolio” shall mean the VISA® and
MasterCard® credit card
accounts
originated or owned by Chase USA.
“Bearer
Certificates” shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.01.
“Bearer
Rules” shall mean the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, in effect
from time to time, governing the treatment of bearer obligations, including
sections 163(f), 871, 881, 1441, 1442 and 4701, and any regulations thereunder
including, to the extent applicable to any Series, proposed or temporary
regulations.
“BIF”
shall mean the Bank Insurance Fund administered by the FDIC.
“Book-Entry
Certificates” shall mean certificates evidencing a beneficial interest in
the Investor Certificates, ownership and transfers of which shall be made
through book entries by a Clearing Agency as described in Section 6.10;
provided, that after the occurrence of a condition whereupon
book-entry registration and transfer are no longer authorized and Definitive
Certificates are to be issued to the Certificate Owners, such certificates
shall
no longer be “Book-Entry Certificates.”
“Business
Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which
banking institutions in (a) New York, New York, (b) Newark, Delaware, (c) with
respect to any Series with respect to which payments to any Certificateholders
are to be made outside of the United States of America, the city or cities
in
which the Paying Agents for such Series located outside of the United States
of
America have their principal place of business, and (d) with respect to any
Series, any additional city specified in the related Supplement, are authorized
or obligated by law or executive order to be closed.
“Cash
Advance Fees” shall have the meaning specified in the Credit Card Agreement
applicable to each Account for cash advance fees or similar terms.
“Certificate”
shall mean any one of the Investor Certificates of any Series or the
Exchangeable Transferor Certificate.
4
“Certificateholder”
or “Holder” shall mean the Person in whose name a Certificate is
registered in the Certificate Register; if applicable, the holder of any Bearer
Certificate or Coupon, as the case may be; and, if used with respect to the
Exchangeable Transferor Certificate, the Person in whose name the Exchangeable
Transferor Certificate is registered in the Certificate Register or the Person
in whose name ownership of the uncertificated interest in the Transferor
Interest is recorded in the books and records of the Trustee.
“Certificate
Interest” shall mean interest payable in respect of the Investor
Certificates of any Series pursuant to Article IV of the Supplement for such
Series.
“Certificate
Owner” shall mean, with respect to a Book-Entry Certificate, the Person who
is the beneficial owner of such Book-Entry Certificate, as may be reflected
on
the books of the Clearing Agency, or on the books of a Person maintaining an
account with such Clearing Agency (directly or as an indirect participant,
in
accordance with the rules of such Clearing Agency).
“Certificate
Principal” shall mean principal payable in respect of the Investor
Certificates of any Series pursuant to Article IV of this
Agreement.
“Certificate
Rate” shall mean, with respect to any Series of Certificates (or, for any
Series with more than one class, for each class of such Series), the percentage
(or formula on the basis of which such rate shall be determined) stated in
the
related Supplement; provided, that unless
otherwise provided in a Supplement, such rate shall be calculated on the basis
of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.
“Certificate
Register” shall mean the register maintained pursuant to Section 6.03,
providing for the registration of the Certificates and transfers and exchanges
thereof.
“Chase
USA” shall mean Chase Bank USA, National Association.
“Class”
shall mean, with respect to any Series, any one of the classes of Certificates
of that Series as specified in the related Supplement.
“Clearing
Agency” shall mean an organization registered as a “clearing agency”
pursuant to Section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.
“Clearing
Agency Participant” shall mean a broker, dealer, bank, other financial
institution or other Person for whom from time to time a Clearing Agency or
Foreign Clearing Agency effects book-entry transfers and pledges of securities
deposited with the Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency.
“Clearstream”
shall mean Clearstream Banking, société anonyme.
“Closing
Date” shall mean, with respect to any Series, the date of issuance of such
Series of Certificates, as specified in the related Supplement.
“Collection
Account” shall have the meaning specified in subsection
4.02(a).
5
“Collections”
shall mean all payments (including Recoveries of Principal Receivables or
Finance Charge Receivables and Insurance Proceeds) received by the Servicer
in
respect of the Receivables, in the form of cash, checks, wire transfers, ATM
transfers or other form of payment in accordance with the Credit Card Agreement
in effect from time to time on any Receivables. A Collection
processed on an Account in excess of the aggregate amount of Receivables in
such
Account as of the Date of Processing of such Collection shall be deemed to
be a
payment in respect of Principal Receivables to the extent of such
excess. Collections with respect to any Monthly Period shall include
the amount of Interchange (if any) allocable to any Series of Certificates
pursuant to any Supplement with respect to such Monthly Period (to the extent
received by the Trust and deposited into the Finance Charge Account or any
Series Account as the case may be, on the Transfer Date following such Monthly
Period), to be applied as if such Collections were Finance Charge Receivables
for all purposes. Collections with respect to any Monthly Period
shall also include the amount deposited by the Transferor into the Finance
Charge Account (or Series Account if provided in any Supplement) pursuant to
Section 2.08. Collections of Recoveries will be treated as
Collections of Principal Receivables; provided, however, that to
the extent the aggregate amount of Recoveries received with respect to any
Monthly Period exceeds the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables (other
than
Ineligible Receivables) in Defaulted Accounts on the day such Account became
a
Defaulted Account for each day in such Monthly Period, the amount of such excess
shall be treated as Collections of Finance Charge Receivables.
“Commission”
means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted
and created under the Exchange Act, or, if at any time after the execution
of
this Agreement such Commission is not existing, then the body performing the
duties of, and that is replacing the Commission at such date.
“Corporate
Trust Office” shall mean the principal office of the Trustee at which at any
particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office
at the date of the execution of this Agreement is located at Xxxxx Xxxx Xxxxxx,
Xxxxx 000, Xxxxxx, Xxxxxxxx 00000, Attention: Corporate Trust
Department.
“Coupon”
shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.01.
“Credit
Adjustment” shall have the meaning specified in subsection
4.03(c).
“Credit
Card Agreement” shall mean the Agreement and Federal Truth in Lending
Statement for VISA® and MasterCard®
credit card accounts
between any Obligor and Chase USA as such agreements may be amended, modified
or
otherwise changed from time to time.
“Credit
Card Guidelines” shall mean Chase USA’s policies and procedures relating to
the operation of its credit card business, including, without limitation, the
policies and procedures for determining the creditworthiness of Chase USA’s
credit card customers, the extension of credit to credit card customers, and
relating to the maintenance of credit card accounts and collection of credit
card receivables, as such policies and procedures may be amended from time
to
time.
6
“Cut-Off
Date” shall mean August 21, 1992.
“Date
of Processing” shall mean, with respect to any transaction, the date on
which such transaction is first recorded on the Servicer’s computer master file
of VISA® and
MasterCard®
accounts
(without regard to the effective date of such
recordation).
“Default
Amount” shall mean for any Monthly Period, an amount (which shall not be
less than zero) equal to (a) the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables
(other than Ineligible Receivables) in Defaulted Accounts on the day such
Account became a Defaulted Account for each day in such Monthly Period
minus (b) the aggregate amount of Recoveries received in such Monthly
Period.
“Defaulted
Account” shall mean each Account with respect to which, in accordance with
the Credit Card Guidelines or the Servicer’s customary and usual servicing
procedures for servicing credit card receivables comparable to the Receivables,
the Servicer has charged off the Receivables in such Account as uncollectible;
an Account shall become a Defaulted Account on the day on which such Receivables
are recorded as charged off as uncollectible on the Servicer’s computer master
file of VISA®
and MasterCard®
accounts. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, any Receivables
in a Defaulted Account that are Ineligible Receivables shall be treated as
Ineligible Receivables rather than Receivables in Defaulted
Accounts.
“Definitive
Certificate” shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.10.
“Delaware
Act” means the Asset-Backed Securities Facilitation Act located in Title 6,
Chapter 27A of the Delaware Code.
“Depository”
shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.10.
“Depository
Agreement” shall mean, with respect to each Series, the agreement among the
Transferor, the Trustee and the Clearing Agency, or as otherwise provided in
the
related Supplement.
“Determination
Date” shall mean, unless otherwise specified in any Supplement for the
related Series, the first Business Day on or before the eighth calendar day
prior to each Distribution Date.
“Discount
Receivables” shall mean on any Date of Processing, the sum of (a) the
aggregate Discount Receivables at the end of the prior Date of Processing
plus (b) any new Discount Receivables created on such Date of
Processing minus (c) any Discount Receivable Collections received on
such Date of Processing. Discount Receivables created on any Date of
Processing shall mean the product of the amount of any Principal Receivables
created on such Date of Processing (without giving effect to the proviso in
the
definition of Principal Receivables) and the Yield Factor.
“Discount
Receivable Collections” shall mean on any Date of Processing, the product of
(a) a fraction the numerator of which is the amount of Discount Receivables
and
the denominator of which is the sum of the Principal Receivables and the
Discount Receivables in
7
each
case (for both numerator and denominator) at the end of the prior Monthly Period
and (b) collections of Principal Receivables on such Date of
Processing.
“Distribution
Account” shall have the meaning specified in subsection
4.02(c).
“Distribution
Date” shall mean, unless otherwise specified in any Supplement for the
related Series, the fifteenth day of each month or, if such fifteenth day is
not
a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day.
“Dollars,”
“$” or “U.S.$” shall mean United States dollars.
“Eligible
Account” shall mean, as of the Cut-Off Date (or, with respect to Additional
Accounts as of the relevant Addition Cut-Off Date), each Account owned by Chase
USA:
(a) which
was in existence and maintained with Chase USA prior to its selection
for inclusion in the Trust;
(b) which
is payable in Dollars;
(c) the
Obligor on which has provided, as its most recent billing address, an address
which is located in the United States of America or its territories or
possessions or a Military Address;
(d) which
Chase USA has not classified on its electronic records as an Account with
respect to which the related card has been lost or stolen;
(e) which
has not been identified by Chase USA in its computer files as being involved
in
a voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy proceeding;
(f) which,
in the case of Accounts identified on the Cut-Off Date, has not been sold or
pledged to any other party and which does not have receivables which have been
sold or pledged to any other party or, in the case of Accounts identified on
any
Addition Cut-Off Date, at the time of transfer to the Trust is not sold or
pledged to any other party and does not have receivables which are sold or
pledged to any other party, except in accordance with the terms of the Amended
and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement as amended from time to time prior
to the Amendment Closing Date;
(g) which
is a VISA® or
MasterCard®
revolving credit card account; and
(h) which
Chase USA has not charged off in its customary and usual manner for charging
off
such Accounts as of the Cut-Off Date (or, with respect to Additional Accounts,
as of the relevant Addition Cut-Off Date).
“Eligible
Receivable” shall mean each Receivable:
8
(a) which
has arisen under an Eligible Account (in the case of Accounts the Receivables
in
which were conveyed to the Trust on the Initial Closing Date as of the Cut-Off
Date and in the case of Additional Accounts as of the relevant Addition Cut-Off
Date);
(b) which
was created in compliance, in all material respects, with all Requirements
of
Law applicable to Chase USA and pursuant to a Credit Card Agreement which
complies, in all material respects, with all Requirements of Law applicable
to
Chase USA;
(c) with
respect to which all consents, licenses, approvals or authorizations of, or
registrations or declarations with, any Governmental Authority required to
be
obtained, effected or given by Chase USA in connection with the creation of
such
Receivable or the execution, delivery and performance by Chase USA of the Credit
Card Agreement pursuant to which such Receivable was created, have been duly
obtained, effected or given and are in full force and effect as of such date
of
creation;
(d) as
to which, as of the Closing Date, or in the case of Receivables in Additional
Accounts as of the relevant Addition Date, Chase USA, the Transferor or the
Trustee had good and marketable title thereto, free and clear of all Liens
arising under or through Chase USA, the Transferor or any of their Affiliates
(other than Liens permitted pursuant to subsection 2.05(b));
(e) which
is the legal, valid and binding payment obligation of the Obligor thereon,
enforceable against such Obligor in accordance with its terms, except as such
enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws, now or hereafter in effect,
affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights in general and except as such
enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity (whether
considered in a suit at law or in equity); and
(f) which
constitutes an “account” under and as defined in Article 9 of the UCC as then in
effect in the applicable jurisdiction.
“Enhancement”
shall mean, with respect to any Series, the cash collateral account or guaranty,
letter of credit, guaranteed rate agreement, maturity guaranty facility, tax
protection agreement, interest rate swap or any other contract or agreement
for
the benefit of the Certificateholders of such Series (or Certificateholders
of a
Class within such Series) as designated in the applicable
Supplement.
“Enhancement
Provider” shall mean, with respect to any Series, the Person, if any,
designated as such in the related Supplement.
“ERISA”
shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended
from
time to time.
“Euroclear
Operator” shall mean Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear
System.
“Excess
Amount Principal Allocation” shall have the meaning specified in subsection
4.03(f).
9
“Excess
Principal Collections” shall mean, with respect to a Distribution Date, the
aggregate amount for all outstanding Series of Principal Collections which
the
related Supplements specify are to be treated as “Excess Principal Collections”
for such Distribution Date.
“Exchange”
shall mean the tender by the Transferor
of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate to the Trustee in exchange for a
reissued Exchangeable Transferor Certificate as provided in Section
6.09.
“Exchange
Act”
shall mean the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, as
amended.
“Exchangeable
Transferor Certificate” shall mean, if the Transferor elects to evidence its
interest in the Transferor Interest in certificated form pursuant to Section
6.01, a certificate executed by the Transferor and authenticated by the Trustee,
substantially in the form of Exhibit A and exchangeable as provided in
Section 6.09; provided, that at any time there shall be only one
Exchangeable Transferor Certificate; provided, further, that in
any Supplement, “Exchangeable Transferor Certificate” shall mean either a
certificate executed and delivered by the Transferor and authenticated by the
Trustee substantially in the form of Exhibit A or the uncertificated
interest in the Transferor Interest.
“Extended
Trust Termination Date” shall have the meaning specified in subsection
12.01(a).
“FDIC”
shall mean the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
“Finance
Charge Account” shall have the meaning specified in subsection
4.02(b).
“Finance
Charge Receivables” shall mean Receivables created in respect of the
Periodic Finance Charges, Annual Membership Fees, Cash Advance Fees, Late Fees,
overlimit fees, return check fees and similar fees and charges and Discount
Receivables. Finance Charge Receivables with respect to any Monthly
Period shall also include Interchange in an amount equal to the Interchange
Amount (if any) allocable to any Series of Certificates pursuant to any
Supplement with respect to such Monthly Period (to the extent received by the
Trust and deposited into the Finance Charge Account or any Series Account,
as
the case may be, on the Transfer Date following such Monthly
Period).
“Fitch”
shall mean Fitch, Inc., doing business as Fitch Ratings, or its
successor.
“Foreign
Clearing Agency” shall mean Clearstream and the Euroclear
Operator.
“Global
Certificate” shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.13.
“Group”
shall mean, with respect to any Series, the group of Series in which the related
Supplement specifies such Series is to be included.
“Governmental
Authority” shall mean the United States of America, any state or other
political subdivision thereof and any entity exercising executive, legislative,
judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to
government.
10
“Holder
of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate” or “holder of the
Exchangeable Transferor Certificate” shall mean the Holder of the
Exchangeable Transferor Certificate or the Holder of any uncertificated interest
in the Transferor Interest.
“Ineligible
Receivable” shall have the meaning specified in subsection
2.04(d)(iii).
“Initial
Closing Date” shall mean September 24, 1992.
“Initial
Invested Amount” shall mean, with respect to any Series of Certificates, the
amount stated in the related Supplement.
“Insolvency
Event” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 9.02(a).
“Insurance
Proceeds” shall mean any amounts recovered by the Servicer pursuant to any
credit insurance policies covering any Obligor with respect to Receivables
under
such Obligor’s Account.
“Interchange”
shall mean interchange fees payable to Chase USA, in its capacity as credit
card
issuer, through VISA U.S.A., Inc. and MasterCard International Inc. in
connection with cardholder charges for goods and services with respect to the
Accounts, as calculated for a Series pursuant to the related
Supplement.
“Interchange
Amount” shall mean an amount equal to the product of (i) 1.3% or such other
percentage as may be specified by the Transferor from time to time
provided, that the Rating Agency Condition shall have been
satisfied in connection with such designation and (ii) the amount of Collections
other than Collections of Periodic Finance Charges, Annual Membership Fees,
Cash
Advance Fees, Late Fees, overlimit fees, return check fees and similar fees
and
other charges or Recoveries for such Monthly Period.
“Internal
Revenue Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from
time to time.
“Invested
Amount” shall have, with respect to any Series of Certificates, the meaning
stated in the related Supplement.
“Investment
Company Act” shall mean the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from
time to time.
“Investor
Account” shall mean each of the Finance Charge Account, the Principal
Account and the Distribution Account.
“Investor
Certificate” shall mean any one of the certificates (including, without
limitation, the Bearer Certificates, the Registered Certificates or the Global
Certificates) executed by the Transferor and authenticated by the Trustee
substantially in the form (or forms in the case of a Series with multiple
classes) of the investor certificate attached to the related
Supplement.
11
“Investor
Certificateholder” shall mean the Holder of record of an Investor
Certificate.
“Investor
Default Amount” shall have, with respect to any Series of Certificates, the
meaning stated in the related Supplement.
“Investor
Monthly Servicing Fee” shall have, with respect to each Series, the meaning
specified in Section 3.02.
“Investor
Percentage” shall have, with respect to Principal Receivables, Finance
Charge Receivables and Receivables in Defaulted Accounts, and any Series of
Certificates, the meaning stated in the related Supplement.
“Issuing
Entity” shall mean the Chase Issuance Trust, a Delaware statutory
trust.
“Late
Fees” shall have the meaning specified in the Credit Card Agreement
applicable to each Account for late fees or similar terms.
“Lien”
shall mean any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment,
participation or equity interest, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien
(statutory or other), preference, priority or other security agreement or
preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever, including, without
limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any
financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the
foregoing and the filing of any financing statement under the UCC (other than
any such financing statement filed for informational purposes only) or
comparable law of any jurisdiction to evidence any of the foregoing;
provided, however, that any assignment pursuant to Section 7.02 or
security interest or ownership interest of Chase USA or the Trust in the Trust
Assets shall be deemed not to constitute a Lien.
“Master
Trust” shall mean a master trust or other securitization special purpose
entity for which Chase USA or an Affiliate acts as transferor or seller or
servicer, established pursuant to a Pooling Agreement.
“Military
Address” shall mean any mailing address on any United States of America
armed forces military base of operations, including APO and FPO
addresses.
“Minimum
Aggregate Principal Receivables” shall mean, unless otherwise specified in
any Supplement for the related Series, as of any date of determination, an
amount equal to (i) the sum of the numerators used to calculate the Investor
Percentages with respect to the allocation of Collections of Principal
Receivables for each Outstanding Series on such date minus (ii) the
amount then on deposit in the Collection Account equal to the excess of the
Minimum Transferor Interest over the Transferor Interest retained therein
pursuant to subsections 4.03(b) and (f) and any similar provision in any
Supplement.
“Minimum
Transferor Interest” shall have the meaning specified in subsection
2.06(a).
12
“Monthly
Period” shall mean, unless otherwise defined in any Supplement, the period
from and including the first day of a calendar month to and including the last
day of a calendar month.
“Monthly
Transferor Servicing Fee” shall have the meaning specified in Section
3.02.
“Monthly
Servicing Fee” shall have the meaning specified in Section
3.02.
“Moody’s”
shall mean Xxxxx’x Investors Service, Inc. or its successor.
“Most
Recent Quarterly Filing Date” shall mean each date on which a revised base
prospectus is filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Rules
and
Regulations under the Securities Act which shall be (a) each February 1, May
1,
August 1 and November 1 or, if any such date is not a Business Day, the next
succeeding Business Day, unless five Business Days prior to such date the
Transferor shall have notified the Trustee that such date shall not be a “Most
Recent Quarterly Filing Date” and (b) any other Business Day designated by the
Transferor upon at least five Business Days’ prior notice to the
Trustee.
“New
Issuance” shall have the meaning specified in subsection
6.09(b).
“New
Issuance Date” shall have the meaning specified in subsection
6.09(b).
“New
Issuance Notice” shall have the meaning specified in subsection
6.09(b).
“Notice
Date” shall have the meaning specified in subsection
2.06(c)(i).
“Obligor”
shall mean, with respect to any Account, the Person or Persons obligated to
make
payments with respect to such Account, including any guarantor
thereof.
“Officer’s
Certificate” shall mean a certificate signed by any Vice President or more
senior officer of the Transferor or Servicer and delivered to the
Trustee.
“Opinion
of Counsel” shall mean a written opinion of counsel, who may be counsel for
or an employee of the Person providing the opinion, and who shall be reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee.
“Original
Pooling and Servicing Agreement” shall have the meaning specified in the
first recital to this Agreement.
“Outstanding
Series” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.03(f).
“Paying
Agent” shall mean any paying agent appointed pursuant to Section 6.06 and
shall initially be the Trustee.
“Pay
Out Event” shall mean, with respect to each Series, a Trust Pay Out Event or
a Series Pay Out Event.
13
“Periodic
Finance Charges” shall have the meaning specified in the Credit Card
Agreement applicable to each Account for finance charges (due to periodic rate)
or any similar term.
“Permitted
Activities” shall mean the primary activities of the Trust, which shall
be:
(a) holding
Receivables transferred from the Transferor and other assets of the Trust,
including any Enhancement with respect to any Series and passive derivative
financial instruments that pertain to beneficial interests issued or sold to
parties other than the Transferor, its Affiliates or its agents;
(b) issuing
Certificates and other interests in the Trust Assets;
(c) receiving
Collections and making payments on such Certificates and interests in accordance
with the terms of this Agreement and any Supplement; and
(d) engaging
in other activities that are necessary or incidental to accomplish these limited
purposes.
“Permitted
Investments” shall mean, unless otherwise provided in the Supplement with
respect to any Series, (a) negotiable instruments or securities represented
by
instruments in bearer or registered form which evidence (i) obligations of
or
fully guaranteed by the United States of America; (ii) time deposits, promissory
notes, or certificates of deposit of any depository institution or trust company
incorporated under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof
and subject to supervision and examination by federal or state banking or
depository institution authorities; provided, however, that at the
time of the Trust’s investment or contractual commitment to invest therein, the
certificates of deposit or short-term deposits of such depository institution
or
trust company shall have a credit rating from Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s
of “P-1” and “A-1+,” respectively; (iii) commercial paper having, at the time of
the Trust’s investment or contractual commitment to invest therein, a rating
from Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s of “P-1” and “A-1+,” respectively; (iv)
bankers acceptances issued by any depository institution or trust company
described in clause (a)(ii) above; and (v) investments in money market funds
rated “AAA-m” or “AAA-mg” by Standard & Poor’s and “P-1” by Moody’s or
otherwise approved in writing by each Rating Agency; (b) demand deposits in
the
name of the Trust or the Trustee in any depository institution or trust company
referred to in clause (a)(ii) above; (c) securities not represented by an
instrument that are registered in the name of the Trustee upon books maintained
for that purpose by or on behalf of the issuer thereof and identified on books
maintained for that purpose by the Trustee as held for the benefit of the Trust
or the Certificateholders, and consisting of shares of an open end diversified
investment company which is registered under the Investment Company Act which
(i) invests its assets exclusively in obligations of or guaranteed by the United
States of America or any instrumentality or agency thereof having in each
instance a final maturity date of less than one year from their date of purchase
or other Permitted Investments, (ii) seeks to maintain a constant net asset
value per share, (iii) has aggregate net assets of not less than $100,000,000
on
the date of purchase of such shares and (iv) each Rating Agency designates
in
writing will not result in a withdrawal or downgrading of its then current
rating of any Series rated by it; and (d) any other
14
investment
if the Rating Agency confirms in writing that such investment will not adversely
affect its then current rating of the Investor Certificates.
“Person”
shall mean any legal person, including any individual, corporation, partnership,
limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company,
trust, unincorporated organization, governmental entity or other entity of
similar nature.
“Pooling
Agreement” shall mean a pooling and servicing agreement (including without
limitation this Agreement), indenture or other agreement for the issuance of
securities from time to time from a Master Trust and the servicing of the
receivables in such Master Trust, as such agreement may be amended, restated
and
supplemented from time to time.
“Principal
Account” shall have the meaning specified in subsection
4.02(b).
“Principal
Receivable” shall mean each Receivable other than (i) Periodic Finance
Charges, Annual Membership Fees, Cash Advance Fees, Late Fees, overlimit fees,
return check fees and similar fees and charges, (ii) Receivables in Defaulted
Accounts and (iii) Discount Receivables. A Receivable shall be deemed
to have been created at the end of the day on the Date of Processing of such
Receivable. In calculating the aggregate amount of Principal
Receivables on any day, the amount of Principal Receivables shall be reduced
by
the aggregate amount of credit balances in the Accounts on such
day. Any Receivable which the Transferor is unable to transfer as
provided in subsection 2.05(c) shall not be included in calculating the
aggregate amount of Principal Receivables.
“Principal
Shortfalls” shall mean, with respect to a Distribution Date, the aggregate
amount of all outstanding Series which the related Supplements specify are
“Principal Shortfalls” for such Distribution Date.
“Principal
Terms” shall have the meaning, with respect to any Series issued pursuant to
an Exchange, specified in subsection 6.09(c).
“Publication
Date” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 9.02(a).
“Qualified
Institution” shall have the meaning specified in subsection
4.02(a)(ii).
“Rating
Agency” shall mean, with respect to each Series, the rating agency or
agencies, if any, specified in the related Supplement.
“Rating
Agency Condition” shall mean, at any time with respect to a Series, the
written confirmation of the Rating Agency that a specified event or modification
of the terms of such Series will not result in the withdrawal or downgrade
of
the rating of the Certificates of any Series then in effect.
“Reassignment”
shall have the meaning specified in subsection 2.07(b)(ii).
“Reassignment
Date” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 2.04(e).
15
“Receivable”
shall mean any amount owing by the Obligors including, without limitation,
amounts owing for the payment of goods and services, cash advances, access
checks, Annual Membership Fees, Cash Advance Fees, Periodic Finance Charges,
Late Fees, overlimit fees, return check fees and credit insurance premiums
and
special fees, if any.
“Record
Date” shall mean, with respect to any Distribution Date, the last Business
Day of the preceding Monthly Period.
“Recoveries”
shall mean all amounts received by the Transferor or the Servicer with respect
to Receivables in Defaulted Accounts, including amounts received by the
Transferor or the Servicer from the purchaser or transferee with respect to
the
sale or other dispositions of Receivables in Defaulted Accounts and all rights
(but not obligations) under any agreement to sell or transfer such Receivables
(including any rights to payment from any purchaser or transferee in connection
with such sale or other disposition). In the event of any such sale
or disposition of such Receivables, Recoveries shall not include amounts
received by the purchaser or transferee of such Receivables but shall be limited
to amounts received by the Transferor or the Servicer from the purchaser or
transferee and all rights of the Transferor and the Servicer against the
purchaser or transferee, including any right to payment.
“Registered
Certificates” shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.01.
“Regulation
AB” shall mean Subpart 229.1100 – Asset Backed Securities (Regulation AB),
17 C.F.R. §§229.1100-229.1123, and all related rules and regulations of the
Commission, as such may be amended from time to time, and subject to such
clarification and interpretation as have been provided by the Commission in
the
adopting release (Asset-Backed Securities, Securities Act Release No. 33-8518,
70 Fed. Reg. 1,506, 1,531 (Jan. 7, 2005)) or by the staff of the
Commission, or as may be provided by the Commission or its staff from time
to
time.
“Removal
Cut-Off Date” shall
mean, with
respect to any Removed Account,
the date
as of which the Receivables in such
Removed Account shall
have been
selected
by the Transferor for
removal from the Trust pursuant to Section
2.07; provided,
however,
that in no event shall a Removal Cut-Off Date
be greater than
ten months prior to the related Removal Date.
“Removal
Date” shall mean the date on which Receivables in certain designated Removed
Accounts will be reassigned by the Trustee to the Transferor.
“Removal
Notice Date” shall mean the day no later than the fifth Business Day prior
to a Removal Date.
“Removed
Accounts” shall have the meaning specified in subsection
2.07(a).
“Requirements
of Law” for any Person shall mean the certificate of incorporation or
articles of association and by-laws or other organizational or governing
documents of such Person, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation, or
determination of an arbitrator or Governmental Authority, in each case
applicable to or binding upon such Person or to which such Person is subject,
whether federal, state or local (including, without limitation, usury laws,
the
federal
16
Truth
in Lending Act and Regulation Z and Regulation B of the Board of Governors
of
the Federal Reserve System).
“Responsible
Officer” shall mean any officer within the Corporate Trust Office (or any
successor group of the Trustee), including any Vice President or any other
officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those
performed by any person who at the time shall be an above-designated officer
and
who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this
Agreement.
“Retired
Series” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 4.03(f).
“Revolving
Period” shall have, with respect to each Series, the meaning specified in
the related Supplement.
“SAIF”
shall mean the Savings Association Insurance Fund administered by the
FDIC.
“Sarbanes
Certification” shall mean the certification specified in paragraph (2) of
Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14 as set forth in Item 601(31)(ii) of
Regulation S-K as such may be amended from time to time or any successor or
replacement specified by the Commission or its staff from time to
time.
“Second
Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement” shall have the meaning
specified in the third recital to this Agreement.
“Secured
Obligations” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.01.
“Securities”
shall mean, collectively, the Certificates and any other securities issued
pursuant to any Pooling Agreement.
“Securities
Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
“Securitization
Transaction”
shall mean any New Issuance or
new notes issued by the Issuing
Entity, whether publicly offered
or privately
placed, rated or unrated.
“Series”
shall mean any series of Investor Certificates, which may include within any
such Series a Class or Classes of Investor Certificates subordinate to another
such Class or Classes of Investor Certificates.
“Series
Account” shall mean any account or accounts established pursuant to a
Supplement for the benefit of such Series.
“Series
Pay Out Event” shall have, with respect to any Series, the meaning specified
pursuant to the Supplement for the related Series.
“Series
Servicing Fee Percentage” shall mean, with respect to any Series, the amount
specified in the related Supplement.
17
“Series
Termination Date” shall mean, with respect to any Series of Certificates,
the date stated in the related Supplement.
“Servicer”
shall mean initially Chase USA, and its permitted successors and assigns and
thereafter any Person appointed as successor as herein provided to service
the
Receivables.
“Servicer
Default” shall have the meaning specified in Section 10.01.
“Servicing
Criteria” shall mean the “servicing criteria” set forth in Item 1122(d) of
Regulation AB.
“Servicing
Officer” shall mean any officer of the Servicer involved in, or responsible
for, the administration and servicing of the Receivables whose name appears
on a
list of servicing officers furnished to the Trustee by the Servicer, as such
list may from time to time be amended.
“Servicing
Participant”
shall mean the Servicer, any
Subservicer or any Person that participates in any of the servicing
functions specified in Item 1122(d) of Regulation AB with respect to Accounts;
provided, however, that “Servicing Participant” shall not include
the Trustee, whose obligations in relation to Item 1122(d) of Regulation AB
are
set forth in Article XIV, but are not contained in Sections 14.07 or 14.08
hereof.
“Servicing
Party” shall have the meaning specified in
subsection 14.06(a).
“SFAS
140” shall mean Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 140,
Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments
of Liabilities (or any replacement Financial Accounting Standards Board
statement, or amendment or interpretation thereof).
“Standard
& Poor’s” shall mean Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, or its
successor.
“Static
Pool Information” shall mean static pool information as described in
Items 1105(b) and 1105(c) of Regulation AB.
“Subservicer”
shall mean any Person that services the Receivables on behalf of the Servicer
or
any other Subservicer and is responsible for the performance (whether directly
or through Subservicers or Servicing Participants) of a substantial portion
of
the material servicing functions required to be performed by the Servicer under
this Agreement or any Supplement that are identified in Item 1122(d) of
Regulation AB. For the avoidance of doubt, “Subservicer” shall not
include the Trustee.
“Successor
Servicer” shall have the meaning specified in subsection
10.02(a).
“Supplement”
or “Series Supplement” shall mean, with respect to any Series, a
supplement to this Agreement complying with the terms of Section 6.09 of this
Agreement, executed in conjunction with any issuance of any Series of
Certificates (or, in the case of the issuance of Certificates on the Initial
Closing Date, the supplement executed in connection with the issuance of such
Certificates).
18
“Termination
Notice” shall have, with respect to any Series, the meaning specified in
Section 10.01.
“Transfer
Agent and Registrar” shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.03 and
shall initially be the Trustee’s Corporate Trust Office.
“Transfer
Date” shall mean, with respect to any Series, the Business Day immediately
prior to each Distribution Date.
“Transferor”
shall mean Chase USA.
“Transferor
Financing Statement” shall have the meaning specified in Section
2.01.
“Transferor
Interest” shall mean, on any date of determination, the aggregate amount of
Principal Receivables at the end of the day immediately prior to such date
of
determination, minus the Aggregate Invested Amount at the end of such
day.
“Transferor
Percentage” shall mean, on any date of determination, when used with respect
to Principal Receivables, Finance Charge Receivables and Receivables in
Defaulted Accounts, a percentage equal to 100% minus the Aggregate
Investor Percentage with respect to such categories of Receivables.
“Transferred
Account” shall mean (a) an Account with respect to which a new credit
account number has been issued by the Servicer under circumstances resulting
from a lost or stolen credit card or from the transfer from one affinity group
to another affinity group or otherwise and not requiring standard application
and credit evaluation procedures under the Credit Card Guidelines or (b) an
Eligible Account resulting from a status change including the conversion of
an
Account that was a standard account to a premium account or from a premium
account to a standard account, and which in either case can be traced or
identified by reference to or by way of the lists (in the form of a computer
file, microfiche list, CD-ROM or in such other form as is agreed upon between
the Transferor and the Trustee) delivered to the Trustee pursuant to Section
2.01 or 2.06 as an account into which an Account has been
transferred.
“Trust”
shall mean the trust created by this Agreement, the corpus of which shall
consist of the Trust Assets.
“Trust
Assets” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.01.
“Trust
Extension” shall have the meaning specified in subsection
12.01(a).
“Trust
Pay Out Event” shall have, with respect to each Series, the meaning
specified in Section 9.01.
19
“Trust
Termination Date” shall mean the earliest to occur of (i) unless a Trust
Extension shall have occurred, the day after the Distribution Date with respect
to the last remaining outstanding Series following the date on which funds
shall
have been deposited in the Distribution Account or the applicable Series Account
for the payment of Investor Certificateholders of such Series sufficient to
pay
in full the Aggregate Invested Amount plus interest accrued at the applicable
Certificate Rate through the end of the related Monthly Period prior to the
Distribution Date with respect to each such Series, (ii) if a Trust Extension
shall have occurred, the Extended Trust Termination Date, and (iii) August
1,
2032.
“Trustee”
shall mean The Bank of New York (Delaware), a banking corporation organized
under the laws of the State of Delaware, and its successors and any Person
resulting from or surviving any consolidation or merger to which it or its
successors may be a party and any successor trustee appointed as herein
provided.
“UCC”
shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code, as amended from time to time, as in
effect in any specified jurisdiction.
“Unallocated
Principal Collections” shall have the meaning specified in subsection
4.03(f).
“Undivided
Interest” shall mean the undivided interest in the Trust evidenced by an
Investor Certificate.
“Yield
Factor” shall mean the fixed percentage designated by the Servicer pursuant
to Section 2.08.
Section
1.02 Other Definitional
Provisions.
(a) All
terms defined in any Supplement
or this
Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in any certificate or other
document made or delivered pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined
therein.
(b) As
used herein and in any certificate or
other document made or
delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, accounting terms not defined in Section
1.01, and accounting terms partially defined in Section 1.01 to the extent
not
defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under generally
accepted accounting principles
or regulatory accounting
principles, as applicable. To the extent that the definitions of
accounting terms herein are inconsistent with the meanings of such terms under
generally accepted accounting principles or regulatory accounting
principles,
the definitions contained herein shall
control. In the event that the UCC, as in effect on the date hereof
is revised, any reference herein to specific sections of the UCC shall be deemed
to be references to such successor sections.
(c) The
agreements, representations and warranties
of
Chase USA
in this Agreement and in any
Supplement, in each of its capacities as Transferor and Servicer, shall be
deemed to be the agreements, representations and warranties of Chase USA
solely, in each such capacity, for
so long as Chase
USA
acts in each such capacity under
this Agreement.
20
(d) The
words “hereof,” “herein”
and “hereunder”
and words of similar import when used
in this Agreement shall refer to any Supplement or this Agreement as a whole
and
not to any particular provision of this Agreement
or any
Supplement; and Section, subsection, Schedule and Exhibit references contained
in this Agreement or any Supplement are references to Sections, subsections,
Schedules and Exhibits in or to this Agreement or any Supplement
unless
otherwise specified, the term “including”
means “including
without limitation”;
references to any law or regulation
refer to that law or regulation as amended from time to time and include any
successor law or regulation; references to any Person include that Person’s
successors and assigns; and references
to any agreement refer to such agreement, as amended, supplemented or otherwise
modified from time to time. The monthly
Servicer’s
certificate, the form of which is
attached as Exhibit
C to this
Agreement, shall be in
substantially the form of Exhibit C,
with such changes as the Servicer may
determine to be necessary or desirable; provided,
however,
that no such change shall serve to
exclude information required by the Agreement or any Supplement. The
Servicer shall, upon making
such determination, deliver to the Trustee and each Rating Agency an
Officer’s
Certificate to which shall be annexed
the form of the related Exhibit, as so changed. Upon the delivery of such
Officer’s
Certificate to the Trustee,
the related Exhibit,
as so
changed, shall for all purposes of this Agreement constitute such
Exhibit. The Trustee may conclusively rely upon such
Officer’s
Certificate in determining whether the
related Exhibit, as changed, conforms to the requirements of this Agreement.
[End
of Article I]
21
ARTICLE
II
CONVEYANCE
OF RECEIVABLES;
ISSUANCE
OF CERTIFICATES
Section
2.01 Conveyance of
Receivables. By
execution of the Original Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Transferor
transferred, assigned, set-over, and otherwise conveyed to the Trustee for
the
benefit of the Certificateholders, without recourse, all of its right, title
and
interest in and to the Receivables existing on the Initial Closing Date and
thereafter created and arising in connection with the Accounts (other than
Receivables in Additional Accounts), all monies due or to become due with
respect thereto (including, without limitation, the right to all Recoveries
and
Collections of Finance Charge Receivables and Principal Receivables),
Interchange, all proceeds (including “proceeds” as defined in the UCC as in
effect in the State of Delaware and any other applicable jurisdiction) of such
Receivables and Insurance Proceeds relating to such Receivables. The
property described in the preceding sentence and all Receivables arising in
each
Additional Account designated on and after each applicable Addition Date,
together with all monies and the other property credited to the Collection
Account, the Principal Account, the Finance Charge Account and the Distribution
Account or any other Series Account shall constitute the assets of the Trust
(collectively, the “Trust Assets”). The foregoing transfer,
assignment, set-over and conveyance does not constitute and is not intended
to
result in a creation or an assumption by the Trust, the Trustee or any Investor
Certificateholder of any obligation of the Transferor, the Servicer or any
other
Person in connection with the Accounts or Receivables or any agreement or
instrument relating thereto, including, without limitation, any obligation
to
any Obligors, merchant banks, merchants clearance systems, VISA U.S.A., Inc.,
MasterCard International Inc. or any insurers. The parties hereto intend to
treat the foregoing transfer, assignment, set-over and conveyance as a sale,
and
not as a secured borrowing, for accounting purposes.
In
connection with such initial transfer, assignment, set-over and conveyance,
the
Transferor has (i) recorded and filed a financing statement and certain
continuation statements, and agrees to record and file, at its own expense,
any
additional continuation statements with respect to such financing statement
when
applicable (such financing statement, including any continuation statements
with
respect thereto, the “Transferor Financing Statement”) with respect to the
Receivables existing on the Initial Closing Date and thereafter created for
the
transfer of accounts (as defined in Article 9 of the UCC as in effect in the
applicable jurisdiction) meeting the requirements of applicable state law in
such manner and in such jurisdictions as are necessary to perfect, and maintain
perfection of, the assignment of the Receivables to the Trust, (ii) named the
Transferor, as Transferor, and the Trustee, as secured party, with respect
to
the Receivables, in such financing statement, and (iii) delivered, or will
deliver, when applicable, a file-stamped copy of such financing statement or
continuation statements or other evidence of such filing (which may, for
purposes of this Section 2.01, consist of telephone confirmation of such filing)
to the Trustee on or prior to the date of issuance of the Certificates, and
in
the case of any continuation statements filed pursuant to this Section 2.01,
will deliver as soon as practicable after receipt thereof by the
Transferor. The foregoing transfer, assignment, set-over and
conveyance to the Trust has been made to the Trustee, on behalf of the Trust,
and each reference
22
in
this Agreement to such transfer, assignment, set-over and conveyance shall
be
construed accordingly.
To
the extent that the Transferor retained any right, title or interest in and
to
the Trust Assets transferred to the Trust pursuant to the Second Amended and
Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement or any Assignment executed prior to
the
Amendment Closing Date (other than Receivables in Removed Accounts), the
Transferor does hereby transfer, assign, set-over, and otherwise convey to
the
Trustee for the benefit of the Certificateholders, without recourse, all of
its
right, title and interest in and to such Trust Assets.
In
connection with such transfer, the Transferor has, at its own expense (x)
annotated and indicated in its computer files that Receivables created in
connection with the Accounts (other than any Additional Accounts) have been
transferred to the Trustee for the benefit of the Certificateholders and (y)
delivered to the Trustee a true and complete list (in the form of a computer
file, microfiche list, CD-ROM or such other form as is agreed upon between
the
Transferor and the Trustee) of all such Accounts, identified by account number
and setting forth the Receivable balance as of February 28,
2002. Such list has been delivered to the Trustee as confidential and
proprietary, and is hereby incorporated into and made a part of this
Agreement. The Transferor further agrees not to alter the file
designation referenced in clause (x) of this paragraph with respect to any
Account during the term of this Agreement unless and until such Account becomes
a Removed Account.
The
Transferor hereby grants and transfers to the Trustee a first priority perfected
security interest in all of the Transferor’s right, title and interest in, to
and under the Trust Assets, to secure a loan in an amount equal to the unpaid
principal amount of the Investor Certificates issued hereunder or to be issued
pursuant to this Agreement and the interest accrued at the related certificate
rate (the “Secured Obligations”), and that this Agreement shall constitute a
security agreement under applicable law.
The
parties hereto agree that all such transfers are subject to, and shall be
treated in accordance with, the Delaware Act and each of the parties hereto
agrees that this Agreement has been entered into by the parties hereto in
express reliance upon the Delaware Act. For purposes
of complying with the requirements of the Delaware Act, each of the parties
hereto hereby agrees that any property, assets or rights purported to be
transferred, in whole or in part, by Chase USA pursuant to this Agreement shall
be deemed to no longer be the property, assets or rights of Chase
USA. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that each such transfer
is occurring in connection with a “securitization transaction” within the
meaning of the Delaware Act.
Pursuant
to the request of the Transferor, the Trustee has caused Certificates in
authorized denominations evidencing the entire interest in the Trust to be
duly
authenticated and delivered to or upon the order of the Transferor pursuant
to
Section 6.02.
Section
2.02 Acceptance by
Trustee.
(a) The
Trustee hereby acknowledges its
acceptance, on behalf of
the Trust, of all right, title and interest previously held by the Transferor
in
and to the Trust Assets,
23
and
declares that it shall maintain such
right, title and interest, upon the Trust herein set forth, for the benefit
of
all Certificateholders. The
Trustee
further acknowledges that, prior to or simultaneously with the execution and
delivery of this Agreement, Chase USA
delivered to the Trustee
the list (in
the form of a computer
file, microfiche list,
CD-ROM or such other form
as is agreed upon between
the Transferor and the Trustee) described in Section
2.01.
(b) The
Trustee hereby agrees not to
disclose to any Person any of the account numbers or other information contained
in any list
delivered
to the Trustee by Chase USA
pursuant to Sections 2.01, 2.06
and 2.07
(“Account
Information”)
except as is required in connection
with the performance of its duties hereunder or in enforcing the rights of
the
Certificateholders or to a Successor Servicer appointed pursuant to Section
10.02, any successor
trustee appointed pursuant to Section 11.08, any co-trustee or separate trustee
appointed pursuant to Section 11.10 or any other Person in connection with
a UCC
search or as mandated pursuant to any Requirement of Law applicable to the
Trustee. The
Trustee agrees to take such measures
as shall be reasonably requested by Chase USA
to protect and maintain the security
and confidentiality of such information, and, in connection therewith, shall
allow Chase USA
to inspect the Trustee’s
security and confidentiality arrangements
from time to
time during normal business hours. In the event that the Trustee is
required by law to disclose any Account Information, the Trustee shall provide
Chase USA
with prompt written notice, unless
such notice is prohibited
by law, of any such request or requirement so that Chase USA
may request a protective order or
other appropriate remedy. The Trustee shall make best efforts to
provide Chase USA
with written notice no later than
five days prior to any disclosure pursuant to this subsection
2.02(b).
(c) The
Trustee shall have no power to
create, assume or incur indebtedness or other liabilities in the name of the
Trust other than as contemplated in this Agreement.
Section
2.03 Representations and
Warranties of the
Transferor. The
Transferor hereby represents and warrants to the Trust as of the Amendment
Closing Date:
(a) Organization
and Good
Standing. The Transferor is
an entity
duly organized and validly existing in
good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of
its organization and
has full corporate power, authority
and legal right to own its properties and conduct its business as such
properties are at present owned and such business is at present conducted,
and
to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement
and to execute and deliver to the
Trustee the Certificates pursuant hereto.
(b) Due
Qualification. The Transferor is
duly
qualified to do business and is in good standing (or is exempt from such
requirement) in any state where such qualification is required in order to conduct its
business, and
has obtained all necessary licenses and approvals with respect to the Transferor
required under state and federal law; provided,
however,
that no representation or warranty is
made with respect to any qualifications, licenses or approvals
which the Trustee
would have to obtain to do business in any state in which the Trustee seeks
to
enforce any Receivable.
24
(c) Due
Authorization. The execution and
delivery
of this Agreement and the execution and delivery to the Trustee of the Certificates by the
Transferor and
the consummation of the transactions provided for in this Agreement have been
duly authorized by the Transferor by all necessary corporate action on its
part
and this Agreement will remain, from the time of its execution,
an official record of the
Transferor.
(d) No
Conflict. The execution and
delivery
of this Agreement and the Certificates, the performance of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement and the fulfillment of the terms hereof that
are
applicable to the
Transferor will not conflict with, result in any breach of any of the material
terms and provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of
time
or both) a material default under, any indenture, contract, agreement, mortgage,
deed of trust,
or other instrument to which the
Transferor is a party or by which it or any of its properties are
bound.
(e) No
Violation. The execution and
delivery
of this Agreement and the Certificates, the performance of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement and the fulfillment of
the terms hereof
that are applicable to the Transferor will not conflict with or violate any
Requirements of Law applicable to the Transferor.
(f) No
Proceedings. There are no proceedings
or
investigations pending or, to the best knowledge of the Transferor,
threatened
against the Transferor before any Governmental Authority (i) asserting the
invalidity of this Agreement or the Certificates, (ii) seeking to prevent the
issuance of the Certificates or the consummation of any of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement or
the Certificates, (iii) seeking any determination or ruling that, in the
reasonable judgment of the Transferor, would materially and adversely affect
the
performance by the Transferor of its obligations under this Agreement,
(iv) seeking any determination
or ruling that would materially and adversely affect the validity or
enforceability of this Agreement or the Certificates or (v) seeking to affect
adversely the income tax attributes of the Trust under the United States
federal or any state income tax
systems.
(g) All
Consents Required. All appraisals,
authorizations, consents, orders or other actions of any Person or of any
Governmental Authority or official required in connection with the execution
and
delivery by the Transferor
of this Agreement and the Certificates, the performance of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement and the fulfillment of the terms hereof by the
Transferor, have been duly obtained, effected or given and are in full force
and
effect.
The
representations and warranties set forth in this Section 2.03 shall survive
the
transfer and assignment of the respective Receivables to the Trust, and
termination of the rights and obligations of the Servicer pursuant to Section
10.01. The representations and warranties set forth in this Section
2.03 made by the Transferor prior to the Amendment Closing Date shall survive
the amendment hereto on the Amendment Closing Date. The Transferor
hereby represents and warrants to the Trust, with respect to any Series of
Certificates, as of its Closing Date, unless otherwise stated in such
Supplement, that the representations and warranties of the Transferor set forth
in Section 2.03, are true and correct as of such date (for the purposes of
such
representations and warranties, “Certificates” shall mean the Certificates
issued on the related Closing Date). Upon discovery by the
Transferor, the Servicer or the Trustee of a breach of any
25
of
the foregoing representations and warranties, the party discovering such breach
shall give prompt written notice to the others.
Section
2.04 Representations and
Warranties
of the Transferor
Relating to this
Agreement and the Receivables.
(a) Binding
Obligation; Valid Transfer
and Assignment. The Transferor hereby
represents and warrants to the Trust that, as of the
Initial Closing
Date and the Amendment Closing Date:
(i) This
Agreement constitutes a legal,
valid and binding obligation of the Transferor, enforceable against the
Transferor in accordance with its terms, except (A) as such
enforceability may be
limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or
other similar laws now or hereafter in effect affecting the enforcement of
creditors’
rights in general and the rights of
creditors of entities such as the Transferor, and (B) as such enforceability
may be
limited by general principles of equity (whether considered in a suit at law
or
in equity).
(ii) This
Agreement constitutes either (A) a
valid transfer, assignment, set-over and conveyance to the Trust of all right,
title and interest of the
Transferor in and to the Receivables now existing and hereafter created and
arising in connection with the Accounts (other than Receivables in Additional
Accounts), all proceeds of such Receivables and Insurance Proceeds relating
thereto and
such Receivables and all proceeds
thereof and Insurance Proceeds relating thereto will be held by the Trust free
and clear of any Lien of any Person claiming through or under the Transferor
or
any of its Affiliates except for (x) Liens permitted under subsection
2.05(b), (y) the interest of
the Transferor as Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate and (z)
the
Transferor’s
right, if any, to interest accruing
on, and investment earnings, if any, in respect of the Finance Charge Account,
the Principal Account or
any Series Account, as provided in this Agreement or the related Supplement,
or
(B) a valid transfer for security in such property to the Trust, which is
enforceable with respect to the existing Receivables (other than Receivables
in
Additional
Accounts), the proceeds thereof and
Insurance Proceeds relating thereto upon execution and delivery of this
Agreement, and which will be enforceable with respect to such Receivables
hereafter created, the proceeds thereof and Insurance Proceeds relating
thereto, upon such
creation. Upon the filing of the financing statement described in
Section 2.01 and in the case of the Receivables hereafter created and proceeds
thereof and Insurance Proceeds relating thereto, upon such creation, the Trust
shall have
a first priority perfected security
interest (as defined in the UCC as in effect in the applicable jurisdiction)
in
such property (subject to the rules governing proceeds set forth in the UCC
as
in effect in the applicable jurisdiction), except for Liens
permitted under subsection
2.05(b). Neither the Transferor nor any Person claiming through or
under the Transferor shall have any claim to or interest in the Principal
Account, the Finance Charge Account, the Distribution Account or any Series
Account, except
for the Transferor’s
rights to receive interest accruing
on, and investment earnings, if any, in respect of, the Finance Charge Account
and Principal Account as provided in this Agreement (or, if applicable, any
Series Account as provided
26
in
any Supplement) and, if this
Agreement
constitutes the grant of a security interest in such property, except for the
interest of the Transferor in such property as a debtor for purposes of the
UCC
as in effect in the State of Delaware.
(b) Eligibility
of
Receivables.
The
Transferor hereby
represents and warrants to the Trust that:
(i) As
of the Cut-Off Date with respect to
each Receivable in Accounts selected
on such date and as of the applicable
Addition
Cut-Off Date with respect to each Receivable in Additional Accounts, such
Receivable is an Eligible
Receivable.
(ii) As
of the Cut-Off Date with respect to
each Receivable in Accounts selected
on such date and as of the applicable
Addition
Cut-Off Date with respect to each Receivable in Additional Accounts, such
Receivable has
been conveyed to the Trustee free and
clear of any Lien of any Person claiming through or under the Transferor or
any
of its Affiliates (other than Liens permitted under subsection 2.05(b)) and
in
compliance, in all material respects, with all Requirements
of Law applicable to the
Transferor.
(iii) As
of the Cut-Off Date with respect to
each Receivable in Accounts selected
on such date and as of the applicable
Addition
Cut-Off Date with respect to each Receivable in Additional Accounts,
all consents, licenses,
approvals or authorizations
of or registrations or declarations with any Governmental Authority required
to
be obtained, effected or given by the Transferor in connection with the
conveyance of such Receivable to the Trust have been duly obtained,
effected or
given and are in full force and
effect.
(iv) On
each day on which any new Receivable
is created, the Transferor shall be deemed to represent and warrant to the
Trustee that (A) each Receivable created on such day is an Eligible Receivable,
(B) each Receivable created
on such day has been conveyed to the Trust in compliance, in all material
respects, with all Requirements of Law applicable to the Transferor, (C) with
respect to each such Receivable, all consents, licenses, approvals or
authorizations of or registrations
or declarations with, any
Governmental Authority required to be obtained, effected or given by the
Transferor in connection with the conveyance of such Receivable
to the
Trust have been duly
obtained, effected or given and are in full force and effect and (D) the representations
and
warranties set forth in subsection 2.04(a) are true and correct with respect
to
each Receivable created on such day as if made on such day.
(v) As
of the Initial
Closing Date, Schedule l to this
Agreement, and as of the applicable Addition
Cut-Off Date with respect to
Additional
Accounts, the related list
(in the form of a computer file, microfiche list, CD-ROM or such other form as is
agreed
upon by
the Transferor and the
Trustee) referred to in
Section 2.06, is an accurate and complete listing
in all material
respects of all the Accounts as of such date,
and the information contained therein
with respect to the identity of such Accounts and
27
the
Receivables existing thereunder is
true and correct in all material respects as of such
date.
(c) Notice
of Breach. The representations
and
warranties set forth in
this Section 2.04 shall survive the transfer and assignment of the respective
Receivables to the Trust. Upon discovery by the Transferor, the
Servicer or the Trustee of a breach of any of the representations
and
warranties set forth in this Section 2.04, the party discovering such breach
shall give prompt written notice to the other parties mentioned
above. The Transferor agrees to cooperate with the Servicer and the
Trustee
in attempting to cure any such
breach.
(d) Transfer
of Ineligible
Receivables.
(i) Automatic
Reconveyance. In the event of a
breach
with respect to a Receivable of any representations and warranties set forth
in
subsection 2.04(b)(ii), or in the event that a Receivable is not an Eligible
Receivable
as a result of the failure to satisfy the conditions set forth in clause (d)
of
the definition of Eligible Receivable, and any of the following three conditions
is met: (A) as a result of such breach or event such Receivable
is charged off as uncollectible
or the Trust’s
rights in, to or under such Receivable
or its proceeds are impaired or the proceeds of such Receivable are not
available for any reason to the Trust free and clear of any Lien; (B) the Lien
upon the subject Receivable
(1) arises in favor of the United States of America
or any
state or any agency or
instrumentality thereof and involves taxes or liens arising under Title IV
of
ERISA or (2) has been consented to by the Transferor; or (C) the unsecured
short-term debt rating of
Chase USA
is not at least “P-1”
by Xxxxx’x
and the Lien upon the subject
Receivable ranks prior to the Lien created pursuant to this Agreement; then,
upon the earlier to occur of the discovery of such breach or event by the
Transferor or the Servicer
or receipt by the Transferor of written notice of such breach or event given
by
the Trustee, each such Receivable shall be automatically reconveyed from the
Trust on the terms and conditions set forth in subsection
2.04(d)(iii).
(ii) Reconveyance
After Cure Period. In the event of a
breach of
any of the representations and warranties set forth in subsection 2.04(b) other
than a breach or event as set forth in clause (d)(i) above, and as a result
of
such breach the related Account becomes a Defaulted Account or the
Trust’s
rights in, to or under the Receivable
or its proceeds are impaired or the proceeds of such Receivable are not
available for any reason to the Trust free and clear of any Lien, then, upon
the
expiration of 60 days (or such longer period as may be agreed
to by the
Trustee in its sole discretion, but in no event later than 120 days) from the
earlier to occur of the discovery of any such event by either the Transferor
or
the Servicer, or receipt by the Transferor of written notice of
any such event given by the Trustee,
each such Receivable shall be reconveyed from the Trust on the terms and
conditions set forth in subsection 2.04(d)(iii); provided,
however,
that no such reconveyance shall be
required to be made if, on any day within such applicable period,
such
representations and warranties with respect to such Receivable shall then be
true and correct in all material respects as if such Receivable had been created
on such day.
28
(iii) Procedures
for
Reconveyance. When the provisions
of
subsection 2.04(d)(i)
or
(ii) above require removal of a Receivable, the Transferor shall accept
reassignment of such Receivable (an “Ineligible
Receivable”)
by directing the Servicer to deduct
the principal balance of each such Ineligible Receivable from the Principal Receivables
in the Trust
and to decrease the Transferor Interest by such amount. On and after
the date of such reconveyance, each Ineligible Receivable shall be deducted
from
the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables used in the calculation
of any Investor Percentage, the
Transferor Percentage or the Transferor Interest. In the event that
the exclusion of an Ineligible Receivable from the calculation of the Transferor
Interest would cause the Transferor Interest to be reduced below zero
or
would otherwise not be permitted by
law, the Transferor shall immediately, but in no event later than 10 Business
Days after such event, make a deposit in the Collection Account (for allocation
as a Principal Receivable) in immediately available funds prior
to the next succeeding Transfer Date
in an amount equal to the amount by which the Transferor Interest would be
reduced below zero. The portion of such deposit allocated to the
Investor Certificates of each Series shall be distributed to the
Investor Certificateholders
of each Series in the
manner specified in Article IV, if applicable, on the Distribution Date relating
to the Monthly Period in which such deposit is made. Upon the
reassignment to the Transferor of an Ineligible Receivable, the Trust
shall
automatically and without further
action be deemed to transfer, assign, set-over and otherwise convey to the
Transferor, without recourse, representation or warranty, all the right, title
and interest of the Trust in and to such Ineligible Receivable,
all monies due or to become due with
respect thereto and all proceeds thereof and Insurance Proceeds relating thereto
allocated to such Ineligible Receivable pursuant to any
Supplement. Such reassigned Ineligible Receivable shall be treated by
the Trust as
collected in full as of the date on
which it was transferred and the Transferor Interest was reduced as set forth
in
this clause (iii) of subsection 2.04(d). The Trustee shall execute
such documents and instruments of transfer or assignment and take other
actions as shall reasonably be
requested by the Transferor to evidence the conveyance of such Ineligible
Receivable pursuant to this subsection 2.04(d)(iii) (and any costs or expenses
incurred by the Trustee in connection with such conveyance shall be reimbursed
by the
Servicer). The obligation of the Transferor, set forth in this
subsection 2.04(d)(iii), or the automatic reconveyance of such Receivable from
the Trust, as the case may be, shall constitute the sole remedy respecting
any
breach of the representations
and warranties set forth
in the above-referenced subsections with respect to such Receivable available
to
Certificateholders or the Trustee on behalf of
Certificateholders.
(iv) Proceeds
Held by
Servicer. For the purposes
of
subsections 2.04(d)(i) and
(ii) above, proceeds of a Receivable shall not be deemed to be impaired
hereunder solely because such proceeds are held by the Servicer (if the Servicer
is the Transferor) for more than the applicable period under Section 9-315(d)
of
the UCC as in effect
in the State of
Delaware.
(e) Reassignment
of Trust
Portfolio. In the event of a
breach of
any of the representations and warranties set forth in subsection 2.04(a),
either the Trustee or the Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing Undivided
Interests aggregating more
than 50% of the Aggregate Invested Amount, by notice then given in writing
to
the Transferor and the Servicer (and to the Trustee and the Servicer, if given
by the Investor Certificateholders), may
29
direct
the Transferor to accept
reassignment
of an amount of Principal
Receivables (as specified below) within 60 days of such notice (or within such
longer period as may be specified in such notice), and the Transferor shall
be
obligated to accept reassignment of such Principal Receivables on a
Distribution Date specified by the
Transferor (such Distribution Date, the “Reassignment
Date”)
occurring within such applicable
period on the terms and conditions set forth below; provided,
however,
that no such reassignment shall be
required to be made if, at
any time during such applicable period, the representations and warranties
contained in subsection 2.04(a) shall then be true and correct in all material
respects. The Transferor shall deposit on the Transfer Date preceding
the Reassignment Date an
amount equal to the reassignment
deposit amount for such Receivables in the Distribution Account or Series
Account, as provided in the related Supplement, for distribution to the Investor
Certificateholders pursuant to Article XII. The reassignment
deposit
amount with respect to each Series
for such reassignment, unless otherwise stated in the related Supplement, shall
be equal to (i) the Invested Amount of such Series at the end of the day on
the
last day of the Monthly Period preceding the Reassignment
Date, less the amount, if any,
previously allocated for payment of principal to such Certificateholders on
the
related Distribution Date in the Monthly Period in which the Reassignment Date
occurs, plus
(ii) an amount equal to all interest
accrued but unpaid on the
Investor Certificates of such Series at the applicable Certificate Rate through
such last day, less the amount, if any, previously allocated for payment of
interest to the Certificateholders of such Series on the related Distribution
Date in the
Monthly Period in which the
Reassignment Date occurs. Payment of the reassignment deposit amount
with respect to each Series, and all other amounts in the Distribution Account
or the applicable Series Account in respect of the preceding Monthly Period
shall
be considered a prepayment in full
of the Receivables represented by the Investor Certificates. On the
Distribution Date following the Transfer Date on which such amount has been
deposited in full into the Distribution Account or the applicable
Series
Account, the Receivables and all monies
due or to become due with respect thereto and all proceeds of the Receivables
and Insurance Proceeds relating thereto and Interchange (if any) allocated
to
the Receivables pursuant to any Supplement shall be released
to the Transferor after payment of all
amounts otherwise due hereunder on or prior to such dates and the Trustee shall
execute and deliver such instruments of transfer or assignment, in each case
without recourse, representation or warranty, as shall be prepared
by and as are reasonably
requested by the Transferor to vest in the Transferor, or its designee or
assignee, all right, title and interest of the Trust in and to the Receivables,
all monies due or to become due with respect thereto and all proceeds
of the Receivables and Insurance
Proceeds relating thereto allocated to the Receivables pursuant to any
Supplement (and any costs or expenses incurred by the Trustee in connection
with
such reassignment shall be reimbursed by the Servicer). If the
Trustee
or the Investor Certificateholders
give notice directing the Transferor to accept reassignment as provided above,
the obligation of the Transferor to accept reassignment of the Receivables
and
pay the reassignment deposit amount pursuant to this subsection
2.04(e) shall constitute the sole
remedy respecting a breach of the representations and warranties contained
in
subsection 2.04(a) available to the Investor Certificateholders or the Trustee
on behalf of the Investor Certificateholders.
Section
2.05 Covenants of the
Transferor. The
Transferor hereby covenants that:
(a) Receivables
to be
Accounts. The Transferor will
take no
action to cause any Receivable to be evidenced by any instrument (as defined
in
the UCC as in effect in
30
the
applicable
jurisdiction). Each Receivable shall be payable
pursuant to a
contract which does not create a Lien on any goods purchased
thereunder. The Transferor will take no action to cause any
Receivable to be anything other than an “account”
(as defined in the UCC as in effect in
the applicable
jurisdiction). Each Receivable arises out of the use of a credit or
charge card or information contained on or for use with the
card.
(b) Security
Interests. Except for the conveyances
hereunder, the Transferor will not sell, pledge, assign or transfer to any other Person,
or grant, create,
incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on any Receivable, whether now
existing or hereafter created, or any interest therein; except with respect
to
the conveyances hereunder, the Transferor will immediately notify
the Trustee of the existence of any
Lien on any Receivable; and the Transferor shall defend the right, title and
interest of the Trust in, to and under the Receivables, whether now existing
or
hereafter created, against all claims of third parties claiming
through or under the Transferor;
provided,
however,
that nothing in this subsection
2.05(b) shall prevent or be deemed to prohibit the Transferor from suffering
to
exist upon any of the Receivables any Liens for municipal or other local taxes
if such taxes shall not at
the time be due and payable or if the Transferor shall currently be contesting
the validity thereof in good faith by appropriate proceedings and shall have
set
aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto.
(c) Account
Allocations.
(i) In
the event that the Transferor is
unable for any reason to transfer Receivables to the Trust in accordance with
the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, by reason
of
the application of the provisions of Section 9.02 or an order by any Governmental Authority
having
regulatory authority over the Transferor or any court of competent jurisdiction
that the Transferor not transfer any additional Principal Receivables to the
Trust) then, in any such event, (A) the Transferor agrees to allocate
and pay to the Trust, after the
date of such inability, all Collections with respect to Principal Receivables,
and all amounts which would have constituted Collections with respect to
Principal Receivables but for the Transferor’s
inability to transfer such Receivables
(up to an amount equal to the aggregate
amount
of Principal Receivables in the
Trust on such date); (B) the Transferor agrees to have such amounts applied
as
Collections in accordance with Article IV; and (C) for only so long as all
Collections and all amounts
which would have constituted Collections are allocated and applied in accordance
with clauses (A) and (B) above, Principal Receivables (and all amounts which
would have constituted Principal Receivables but for the Transferor’s
inability to transfer
Receivables to the
Trust) that are written off as uncollectible in accordance with this Agreement
shall continue to be allocated in accordance with Article IV, and all amounts
that would have constituted Principal Receivables but for the
Transferor’s
inability to transfer Receivables to
the Trust shall be deemed to be Principal Receivables for the purpose of calculating
(x) the applicable Investor
Percentage with respect to
any Series and (y) the
Aggregate Investor Percentage thereunder. If the Transferor is
unable
pursuant to any Requirement of Law to allocate Collections as described above,
the Transferor agrees that it shall in any such event allocate, after the
occurrence of such event, payments on each Account with respect to the
principal
balance of such Account first
to the oldest principal balance of such Account and to have such payments
applied as Collections in accordance with Article IV. The parties
hereto agree
31
that
Finance Charge Receivables,
whenever created, accrued in respect
of Principal Receivables that
have been conveyed to the Trust, or that would have been conveyed to the Trust
but for the above described inability to transfer such Receivables, shall
continue to be a part of the Trust notwithstanding any cessation of
the transfer of additional Principal
Receivables to the Trust and Collections with respect thereto shall continue
to
be allocated and paid in accordance with Article IV.
(ii) In
the event that, pursuant to
subsection 2.04(d), the Transferor accepts reassignment of an Ineligible Receivable
as a
result of a breach of the representations and warranties in subsection 2.04(b)
relating to such Receivable, then, in any such event, the Transferor agrees
to
account for payments received with respect to such Ineligible Receivable
separately from its
accounting for Collections on Principal Receivables retained by the
Trust. If payments received from or on behalf of an Obligor are not
specifically applicable either to an Ineligible Receivable of such Obligor
reassigned to
the Transferor or to the Receivables of
such Obligor retained in the Trust, then the Transferor agrees to allocate
payments proportionately based on the total amount of Principal Receivables
of
such Obligor retained in the Trust and the total amount owing
by such Obligor on any Ineligible
Receivables reassigned to the Transferor, and the portion allocable to any
Principal Receivables retained in the Trust shall be treated as Collections
and
deposited in accordance with the provisions of Article IV.
(d) Credit
Card
Agreements and Account
Guidelines. The Transferor shall
comply
with and perform its obligations under the Credit Card Agreements relating
to
the Accounts and the Credit Card Guidelines and all applicable rules and
regulations of VISA U.S.A., Inc. and MasterCard International
Inc.
except insofar as any failure to comply
or perform would not materially and adversely affect the rights of the Trust
or
the Certificateholders hereunder or under the Certificates. The
Transferor may change the terms and provisions of the Credit
Card Agreements or
the Credit Card Guidelines in any respect (including, without limitation, the
reduction of the required minimum monthly payment, the calculation of the
amount, or the timing, of charge offs and the Periodic Finance Charges
and other fees to be assessed
thereon) only if such change (i) would not, in the reasonable belief of the
Transferor, cause a Pay Out Event to occur, and (ii) is made applicable to
the
comparable segment of the revolving credit card accounts owned and
serviced by the Transferor which have
characteristics the same as, or substantially similar to, the Accounts that
are
the subject of such change, except as otherwise restricted by an endorsement,
sponsorship, or other agreement between the Transferor and
an unrelated third party or by the
terms of the Credit Card Agreements.
(e) Delivery
of
Collections. The Transferor agrees
to
pay to the Servicer all payments received by the Transferor in respect of the
Receivables as soon as practicable after receipt thereof by the
Transferor.
(f) Conveyance
of
Accounts. The Transferor covenants
and agrees that it will not convey, assign, exchange or otherwise transfer
the
Accounts to any Person prior to the earlier of the termination of this Agreement
pursuant to Article XII;
provided, however,
that the Transferor shall not be
prohibited hereby from conveying, assigning, exchanging or otherwise
transferring the Accounts in connection with a transaction complying with the
provision of Section 7.02.
32
(g) Change
in State of
Location. In
the event that the state
of organization of the Transferor changes from the State of Delaware or the
Transferor changes its corporate form, the Transferor shall promptly notify
the
Trustee in writing of any such change.
Section
2.06 Addition of
Accounts.
(a) Required
Additions. If, (i) during any
period
of 30 consecutive days, the Transferor Interest averaged over that period is
less than 4% (or such higher percentage as may be specified in any Supplement,
such percentage the “Minimum
Transferor Interest”)
of the Average Principal Receivables,
the
Transferor shall designate Additional Accounts to be included as Accounts in
a
sufficient amount such that the average of the Transferor Interest as a
percentage of the Average Principal Receivables for such 30-day period,
computed
by assuming that the amount of
the Average Principal Receivables of such Additional Accounts shall be deemed
to
be outstanding in the Trust during each day of such 30-day period, is at least
equal to the Minimum Transferor Interest, or (ii) on any Record
Date the aggregate amount of
Principal Receivables is less than the Minimum Aggregate Principal Receivables,
the Transferor shall designate Additional Accounts to be included as Accounts
in
a sufficient amount such that the aggregate amount of Principal
Receivables will be equal to or
greater than the Minimum Aggregate Principal Receivables. Receivables
from such Additional Accounts shall be transferred to the Trust on or before
the
tenth
Business Day following such thirty-day
period or Record Date, as
the case may be.
(b) Permitted
Additions. In addition to its
obligation under subsection 2.06(a), the Transferor may, but shall not be
obligated to, designate from time to time Additional Accounts to be included
as
Accounts.
(c) Conditions
to
Additions. The Transferor
agrees that any such transfer
of Receivables from Additional Accounts under subsection 2.06(a) or 2.06(b)
shall satisfy the following conditions (to the extent provided
below):
(i) on
or before the fifth Business Day
prior to the Addition Date with respect to additions
pursuant to
subsection 2.06(a) and on or before the tenth
Business Day prior to the Addition Date
with respect to additions pursuant to subsection 2.06(b) (the “Notice
Date”),
the Transferor shall give the
Trustee, each Rating Agency and the Servicer written
notice that such
Additional Accounts will be included, which notice shall specify the approximate
aggregate amount of the Receivables to be transferred;
(ii) on
or before the Addition Date, the
Transferor shall have delivered to the Trustee a written assignment
(including an
acceptance by the Trustee on behalf of the Trust for the benefit of the Investor
Certificateholders) in substantially the form of Exhibit B
(the “Assignment”)
and shall have indicated
in its computer files that the
Receivables created in
connection with the Additional Accounts have been transferred to the
Trustee, on behalf of the
Trust. Within
five Business Days after the Addition Date,
the Transferor shall have delivered to
the Trustee a true and complete list (in the
form of a computer file, microfiche
list, CD-ROM or such other form as is agreed upon between the Transferor and
the
Trustee) of
all Additional Accounts, identified by
33
account
number and the aggregate amount
of the Receivables in
each
such Additional
Account
as of the Addition Cut-Off Date,
which list shall,
as of the Addition Date, modify
and amend and be incorporated into and
made a part of
such Assignment and this Agreement;
(iii) the
Transferor shall represent and
warrant that (x) each Additional Account is, as of the Addition
Cut-Off Date, an
Eligible Account, and each Receivable in such Additional Account, is, as of
the
Addition Cut-Off Date, an Eligible Receivable, (y) no selection procedures
believed by the Transferor to be materially adverse to the interests
of the Investor
Certificateholders were utilized in selecting the Additional Accounts from
the
available Eligible Accounts from the Bank Portfolio, and (z) as of the Addition
Date, the Transferor is not insolvent;
(iv) the
Transferor shall represent and
warrant that, as of the
Addition Date, the Assignment constitutes either (x) a valid transfer and
assignment to the Trustee of all right, title and interest of the Transferor
in
and to the Receivables then existing and thereafter created in the
Additional Accounts,
and all proceeds (as defined
in the UCC as in effect in the applicable jurisdiction) of such Receivables
and
Insurance Proceeds relating thereto and such Receivables and all proceeds
thereof and Insurance Proceeds relating thereto will be held by
the Trustee free and clear of any Lien
of any Person claiming through or under the Transferor or any of its Affiliates,
except for (A)
Liens permitted under subsection 2.05(b),
(B) the interest of the
Transferor as Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate and (C)
the Transferor’s
right to receive interest accruing on,
and investment earnings in respect of, the Finance Charge Account and the
Principal Account, or any Series Account as provided in this Agreement and
any
related Supplement or (y) a valid transfer for security
(under the
UCC as in effect in the applicable jurisdiction) in such property to the
Trustee, which is enforceable with respect to then existing Receivables of
the
Additional Accounts, the proceeds (as defined in the UCC as in effect
in the applicable jurisdiction)
thereof and Insurance Proceeds relating thereto upon the conveyance of such
Receivables to the Trustee, and which will be enforceable with respect to the
Receivables thereafter created in respect of Additional Accounts conveyed
on such Addition Date, the
proceeds (as defined in the UCC as in effect in the applicable jurisdiction)
thereof and Insurance Proceeds relating thereto upon such creation; and (z)
upon
the filing of a financing statement as described in Section 2.01
with respect to such Receivables
thereafter created in such Additional Accounts and the proceeds (as defined
in
the UCC as in effect in the applicable jurisdiction) thereof, and Insurance
Proceeds relating thereto, upon such creation, the Trustee shall have
a first priority perfected security
interest (as defined in the UCC as in effect in the applicable jurisdiction)
in
such property (subject to the rules governing proceeds set forth in the UCC
as
in effect in the applicable jurisdiction), except for Liens
permitted under subsection
2.05(b);
(v) the
Transferor shall deliver an
Officer’s
Certificate substantially in the form
of Schedule 2 to Exhibit
B to the
Trustee;
(vi) on
or before the Addition Date,
the Transferor shall deliver to the
Trustee (with a copy to each Rating Agency) an
Opinion of Counsel
with respect to
34
the
Receivables arising in Accounts
included as Additional Accounts during the preceding
three-month period
substantially in the form of Exhibit E;
and
(vii) if
(x) with respect to any three-month
period or with respect to
any twelve-month period, the aggregate number of Accounts designated to have
their Receivables added to the Trust shall exceed the applicable Aggregate
Addition Limit or (y) the Accounts designated to have their Receivables added
to
the Trust
were not originated by the
Transferor, the Transferor shall have received notice from Standard &
Poor’s,
Xxxxx’x
and Fitch that the inclusion pursuant
to subsection 2.06(b) of accounts as Additional Accounts in excess of the
applicable Aggregate Addition Limit or not originated
by the
Transferor will not result in the reduction or withdrawal of its then existing
rating of any Series of Investor Certificates then issued and outstanding and
shall have delivered such notice to the Trustee.
Section
2.07 Removal of Accounts.
(a) Subject
to the conditions set forth
below, the Transferor may, but shall not be obligated to, designate Receivables
from certain Accounts
(the
“Removed
Accounts”) for
deletion and removal from the
Trust. On or before the fifth Business Day (the “Removal
Notice Date”)
prior to the date on which the
designated Removed Accounts will be reassigned by the Trustee to the Transferor
(the “Removal
Date”),
the Transferor shall give the
Trustee,
the Servicer and each Rating Agency
written
notice that the Receivables from such Removed
Accounts are
to be reassigned to the Transferor.
(b) The
Transferor shall be permitted to
designate and require reassignment to it of the Receivables from Removed
Accounts only upon satisfaction of the following conditions:
(i) the
removal of any Receivables
of any Removed
Accounts on any Removal Date shall not, in the reasonable belief of the
Transferor, cause a Pay Out Event to occur or the Transferor Interest to be
an
amount less than zero;
(ii) on
or prior to the Removal Date, the
Transferor shall have
delivered to the Trustee for execution a written assignment in substantially
the
form of Exhibit
G (the “Reassignment”) and
the Transferor shall have,
within five Business Days after the
Removal Date, delivered to the Trustee a true and complete list (in
the form of a computer file,
microfiche list, CD-ROM or such other form as is agreed upon between the
Transferor and the Trustee)
of all Removed Accounts identified by account number and the aggregate amount
of
the Receivables in each
such Removed
Account as of the
Removal Cut-Off
Date, which list
shall,
as of the Removal Date,
modify and amend and be incorporated into and
made a part of such Reassignment and
this Agreement;
(iii) the
Transferor shall represent and
warrant that (x) no selection procedures believed by the
Transferor to be
materially adverse to the interests of the Investor
Certificateholders were utilized in
selecting the Removed Accounts to be removed from the Trust and (y) (I) a random
selection procedure was used by the Transferor in selecting the Removed
Accounts and only
one such removal of randomly
35
selected
Accounts shall occur in the
then current Monthly Period, (II) the Removed Accounts arose pursuant to an
affinity, private-label, agent-bank, co-branding or other arrangement
with
a third party that has been cancelled
by such third party or has expired without renewal and which by its terms
permits the third party to repurchase the Accounts subject to such arrangement,
upon such cancellation or non-renewal and the third party has exercised
such repurchase right or (III)
the Removed Accounts were selected using another method that will not preclude
transfers of Receivables to the Trust from being accounted for as sales under
generally accepted accounting principles or prevent the Trust
from continuing to qualify as a
qualifying special purpose entity in accordance with SFAS 140 and the Transferor
shall have delivered to the Trustee and each Enhancement Provider an
Officer’s
Certificate, dated the Removal Date,
to that effect;
(iv) on
or prior to the Removal Date,
the Transferor
shall have received notice from each Rating
Agency that such proposed removal
will not result in a downgrade or withdrawal of its then current rating of
any
outstanding Series of the Investor Certificates; and
(v) the
Transferor shall have
delivered to the
Trustee an Officer’s
Certificate confirming the items set
forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above. The Trustee may conclusively
rely on such Officer’s
Certificate, shall have no duty to
make inquiries with regard to the matters set forth
therein and shall
incur no liability in so relying.
Upon
satisfaction of the above conditions, the Trustee shall execute and deliver
the
Reassignment to the Transferor, and the Receivables from the Removed Accounts
shall no longer constitute a part of the Trust.
Section
2.08 Discount
Receivables. (a) The
Transferor shall designate a fixed percentage (the “Yield Factor”) of all
Receivables outstanding on any date of determination, other than Periodic
Finance Charges, Annual Membership Fees, Cash Advance Fees, Late Fees, overlimit
fees, return check fees and similar fees and other charges and Receivables
in
Defaulted Accounts, to be treated as Finance Charge Receivables (“Discount
Receivables”). The Yield Factor shall equal zero or such other
percentage as may be determined pursuant to subclause (c) hereof.
(b) The
Transferor, in accordance with
Section 4.03, shall (i) deposit, or cause to be deposited, into the Collection
Account in immediately available funds an amount equal to the product
of
(x) the Aggregate Investor
Percentages for all Series with respect to Finance Charge Receivables
and
(y) the aggregate amount
of
the Discount Receivable Collections processed on such day and (ii) pay to the
Holder of the Exchangeable
Transferor Certificate an amount equal to the product of
(A) the
Transferor Percentage and
(B) the aggregate amount
of
such Discount Receivable Collections. The deposit made by the
Transferor into the Collection Account under the preceding sentence shall be considered
a payment of such
Discount Receivables and shall be applied as Finance Charge Receivables in
accordance with Article IV.
36
(c) The
Transferor shall have the option to
increase or decrease the Yield Factor to an amount not greater than
4%. The
Transferor shall provide to the Servicer, the Trustee, any Enhancement Provider
and the Rating Agency 30 days’
prior written notice of such
designation, and such designation shall become effective on the date designated
therein (i) unless such designation in the reasonable
belief of the
Transferor would cause a Pay Out Event to occur, or an event which, with notice
or the lapse of time or both, would constitute a Pay Out Event and (ii) only
if
each Rating Agency shall have delivered a letter to the Transferor
and the Trustee confirming that
its then current rating of the Investor Certificates of any Series then
outstanding will not be reduced or withdrawn as a result of such
designation.
[End
of Article II]
37
ARTICLE
III
ADMINISTRATION
AND SERVICING
OF
RECEIVABLES
Section
3.01 Acceptance of Appointment
and Other
Matters Relating to the Servicer.
(a) Chase
USA
agrees to act as the Servicer under
this Agreement. The Investor Certificateholders of each Series by
their acceptance of the related Certificates consent to Chase USA
acting as Servicer.
(b) The
Servicer shall service and
administer the Receivables and shall collect payments due under the Receivables
in accordance with its customary and usual servicing procedures for servicing
credit card receivables comparable to the Receivables and in accordance with
the Credit Card
Guidelines and shall have full power and authority, acting alone or through
any
party properly designated by it hereunder, to do any and all things in
connection with such servicing and administration which it may deem
necessary or
desirable. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and
subject to Section 10.01, the Servicer is hereby authorized and empowered (i)
to
make withdrawals from the Collection Account as set forth in this Agreement,
(ii) unless such
power and authority is revoked by the
Trustee on account of the occurrence of a Servicer Default pursuant to Section
10.01, to instruct the Trustee to make withdrawals and payments, from the
Finance Charge Account, the Principal Account and any Series Account,
in accordance with such
instructions as set forth in this Agreement, (iii) unless such power and
authority is revoked by the Trustee on account of the occurrence of a Servicer
Default pursuant to Section 10.01, to instruct the Trustee in writing,
as set
forth in this Agreement, (iv) to
execute and deliver, on behalf of the Trust for the benefit of the
Certificateholders, any and all instruments of satisfaction or cancellation,
or
of partial or full release or discharge, and all other comparable
instruments,
with respect to the Receivables
and, after the delinquency of any Receivable and to the extent permitted under
and in compliance with applicable law and regulations, to commence enforcement
proceedings with respect to such Receivables and (v) to make
any filings, reports, notices,
applications, registrations with, and to seek any consents or authorizations
from the Commission and any state securities authority on behalf of the Trust
as
may be necessary or advisable to comply with any federal or state
securities or reporting
requirements. The Trustee agrees that it shall promptly follow the
instructions of the Servicer to withdraw funds from the Principal Account,
the
Finance Charge Account or any Series Account and to take any action required
under any
Enhancement at such time as required
under this Agreement. The Trustee shall execute at the
Servicer’s
written request such documents
prepared by the Transferor and acceptable to the Trustee as may be necessary
or
appropriate to enable the Servicer to carry out its servicing
and
administrative duties hereunder.
(c) In
the event that the Transferor is
unable for any reason to transfer Receivables to the Trust in accordance with
the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, by reason
of
the application of the
provisions of Section 9.02 or the order of any
38
federal
governmental agency having
regulatory authority over the Transferor or any court of competent jurisdiction
that the Transferor not transfer any additional Principal Receivables to
the
Trust) then, in any such event, (A)
the Servicer agrees to allocate, after such date, all Collections with respect
to Principal Receivables, and all amounts which would have constituted
Collections with respect to Principal Receivables but for the Transferor’s
inability to transfer such Receivables
(up to an aggregate amount equal to the aggregate amount of Principal
Receivables in the Trust as of such date) in accordance with subsection 2.05(c);
(B) the Servicer agrees to apply such amounts as Collections in accordance with
Article IV; and
(C) for only so long as all Collections and all amounts which would have
constituted Collections are allocated and applied in accordance with clauses
(A)
and (B) above, Principal Receivables (and
all amounts which would have constituted Principal
Receivables
but for the Transferor’s
inability to transfer Receivables to
the Trust)
that are written off as uncollectible
in accordance with this Agreement shall continue to be allocated in accordance
with Article IV,
and all amounts which would have
constituted
Principal Receivables but for the Transferor’s
inability to transfer Receivables to
the Trust shall be deemed to be Principal Receivables for the purpose of
calculating the applicable Investor Percentage
thereunder. If
the Servicer is unable pursuant to any Requirement of Law to allocate payments
on the Accounts as described above, the Servicer agrees that it shall in any
such event allocate, after the occurrence of such event, payments on each
Account with respect to the
principal balance of such Account
first to the oldest principal balance of such Account and to have such payments
applied as Collections in accordance with Article IV. The parties
hereto agree that Finance Charge Receivables, whenever created,
accrued in
respect of Principal Receivables
which have been conveyed to the Trust, or which would have been conveyed to
the
Trust but for the above described inability to transfer such Receivables, shall
continue to be a part of the Trust notwithstanding any cessation
of the transfer of additional
Principal Receivables to the Trust and Collections with respect thereto shall
continue to be allocated and paid in accordance with Article
IV.
(d) In
the event that pursuant to subsection
2.04(d), the Transferor accepts reassignment of an Ineligible
Receivable as a
result of a breach of the representations and warranties in subsection 2.04(b)
relating to such Receivable, then, in any such event, the Servicer agrees to
account for payments received with respect to such Ineligible
Receivable separately from its
accounting for Collections on Principal Receivables retained by the
Trust. If payments received from or on behalf of an Obligor are not
specifically applicable either to an Ineligible Receivable of such Obligor
reassigned
to the Transferor or to Receivables of
such Obligor retained in the Trust, then the Servicer agrees to allocate
payments proportionately based on the total amount of Principal Receivables
of
such Obligor retained in the Trust and the total amount owing by
such Obligor on any Ineligible
Receivables purchased by the Transferor, and the portion allocable to any
Principal Receivables retained in the Trust shall be treated as Collections
and
deposited in accordance with the provisions of Article IV.
(e) The
Servicer shall not be obligated
to use separate
servicing procedures, offices, employees or accounts for servicing the
Receivables from the procedures, offices, employees and accounts used by the
Servicer in connection with servicing other credit card receivables.
(f) The
Servicer shall maintain fidelity
bond coverage insuring against losses through wrongdoing of its officers and
employees who are involved in the servicing of
39
credit
card receivables covering such
actions and in such amounts as the Servicer believes to be reasonable from time
to
time.
Section
3.02 Servicing
Compensation. As
compensation for its servicing activities hereunder and reimbursement for its
expenses as set forth in the immediately following paragraph, the Servicer
shall
be entitled to receive a monthly servicing fee in respect of any Monthly Period
prior to the termination of the Trust pursuant to Section 12.01 (with respect
to
each Monthly Period, the “Monthly Servicing Fee”). The share of the
Monthly Servicing Fee allocable to each Series of Investor Certificateholders
with respect to any Monthly Period (or portion thereof) shall be payable on
the
related Transfer Date and, with respect to each Series (unless otherwise
provided in the related Supplement), shall be equal to one-twelfth of the
product of (A) the applicable Series Servicing Fee Percentage per annum and
(B)
the Invested Amount of such Series as of the last day of the Monthly Period
preceding such Transfer Date (the “Investor Monthly Servicing Fee”) and shall be
paid to the Servicer pursuant to Article IV. The servicing fee
payable by the Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate shall be equal
to the product of one-twelfth of the product of (I) the Transferor Interest
and
(II) the weighted average of the Series Servicing Fee Percentages with respect
to each Series of Investor Certificates then outstanding (the “Monthly
Transferor Servicing Fee”). The Monthly Servicing Fee shall equal the
sum of (x) the aggregate amount of Investor Monthly Servicing Fees with respect
to each Series then outstanding and (y) the Monthly Transferor Servicing
Fee. The Investor Monthly Servicing Fee with respect to any Series is
payable in arrears on the related Transfer Date (unless otherwise provided
in
the related Supplement) and the Monthly Transferor Servicing Fee is payable
in
arrears no later than the last Transfer Date with respect to any Series
occurring in a Monthly Period. The Monthly Transferor Servicing Fee
and, unless otherwise provided in a Supplement, each Investor Monthly Servicing
Fee, shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve
30-day months.
The
Servicer’s expenses include the amounts due to the Trustee pursuant to Section
11.05 and the reasonable fees and disbursements of independent public
accountants and all other expenses incurred by the Servicer in connection with
its activities hereunder; provided, that the Servicer shall not be
liable for any liabilities, costs or expenses of the Trust, the Investor
Certificateholders or the Certificate Owners arising under any tax law,
including without limitation any federal, state or local income or franchise
taxes or any other tax imposed on or measured by income (or any interest or
penalties with respect thereto or arising from a failure to comply
therewith). The Servicer shall be required to pay such expenses for
its own account and shall not be entitled to any payment therefor other than
the
Monthly Servicing Fee.
Section
3.03 Representations and
Warranties of the
Servicer. Chase
USA, as initial Servicer, hereby makes, as of the Amendment Closing Date, and
any Successor Servicer by its appointment hereunder shall make, as of the date
of such appointment, the following representations and warranties on which
the
Trustee has relied in accepting the Receivables in trust and in authenticating
the Certificates:
(a) Organization
and Good
Standing. The Servicer is a
national
banking association duly organized and validly existing in good standing under
the laws of the United States of America and has full corporate power, authority
and legal right to own its
properties and conduct its credit card business as such properties are at
present owned and such
40
business
is at present conducted, and to
execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this
Agreement.
(b) Due
Qualification. The Servicer
is not required to qualify nor
register as a foreign corporation in any state in order to service the
Receivables as required by this Agreement and has obtained all licenses and
approvals necessary in order to so service the Receivables as required
under
federal law. If the
Servicer shall be required by any Requirement of Law to so qualify or register
or obtain such license or approval, then it shall do so.
(c) Due
Authorization. The execution, delivery,
and performance of this Agreement have been duly authorized by the Servicer
by all
necessary corporate action on the part of the Servicer and this Agreement will
remain, from the time of its execution, an official record of the
Servicer.
(d) Binding
Obligation. This Agreement constitutes
a legal, valid and binding
obligation of the Servicer, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except
as
enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect,
affecting the enforcement
of creditors’
rights in general and the rights of
creditors of national banking associations.
(e) No
Violation. The execution and
delivery
of this Agreement by the Servicer, and the performance of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement and the fulfillment of the terms hereof
applicable to
the Servicer, will not conflict with, violate, result in any breach of any
of
the material terms and provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice
or
lapse of time or both) a default under, any Requirement of
Law applicable to the Servicer or any
indenture, contract, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument
to
which the Servicer is a party or by which it is bound.
(f) No
Proceedings. There are no proceedings
or
investigations pending or, to the best knowledge of the Servicer,
threatened
against the Servicer before any court, regulatory body, administrative agency
or
other tribunal or governmental instrumentality seeking to prevent the issuance
of the Certificates or the consummation of any of the transactions
contemplated by this
Agreement, seeking any determination or ruling that, in the reasonable judgment
of the Servicer, would materially and adversely affect the performance by the
Servicer of its obligations under this Agreement, or seeking any determination
or ruling that would
materially and adversely affect the validity or enforceability of this
Agreement.
(g) Compliance
with Requirements of
Law. The
Servicer shall duly satisfy all obligations on its part to be fulfilled under
or
in connection with each
Receivable and the related Account, will maintain in effect all qualifications
required under Requirements of Law in order to service properly each Receivable
and the related Account and will comply in all material respects with all other
Requirements
of Law in connection with servicing
each Receivable and the related Account the failure to comply with which would
have a material adverse effect on the Certificateholders or any Enhancement
Provider.
(h) Protection
of
Certificateholders’
Rights. The Servicer
shall take no action which, nor omit
to take any action the omission of which, would impair the rights
of
41
Certificateholders
in any Receivable or
the related Account or the rights of any Enhancement Provider, nor shall it
reschedule, revise or defer payments
due on any Receivable except in
accordance with the Credit Card Guidelines.
(i) All
Consents. All authorizations,
consents, order or approvals of or registrations or declarations with any
Governmental Authority required to be obtained, effected or given by the Servicer in connection
with the
execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Servicer and the performance
of
the transactions contemplated by this Agreement by the Servicer, have been
duly
obtained, effected or given and are in full force and effect.
(j) Rescission
or
Cancellation. The Servicer shall
not
permit any rescission or cancellation of any Receivable except as ordered by
a
court of competent jurisdiction or other Governmental Authority or in accordance
with the normal operating procedures of the Servicer.
(k) Receivables
Not To Be Evidenced by
Promissory Notes. Except in connection
with
its enforcement or collection of an Account, the Servicer will take no action
to
cause any Receivable to be evidenced by an instrument or chattel paper (as
defined in the UCC as in
effect in the State of Delaware).
Section
3.04 Reports and Records
for the
Trustee.
(a) Daily
Reports. On each Business
Day, the
Servicer, with prior notice, shall prepare and make available at the office
of
the Servicer for inspection by the Trustee a record setting forth
(i) the
aggregate amount of Collections processed by the Servicer on the preceding
Business Day and (ii) the aggregate amount of Receivables as of the close of
business on the preceding Business Day.
(b) Monthly
Servicer’s
Certificate. Unless
otherwise stated in the related
Supplement with respect to any Series, on each Determination Date the Servicer
shall forward, as provided in Section 13.05, to the Trustee, the Paying Agent,
any Enhancement Provider and each Rating Agency, a certificate
of a Servicing Officer in the form
of Exhibit
C (which includes
the
Schedule thereto specified as such in each Supplement) setting forth (i) the
aggregate amount of Collections processed during the preceding Monthly Period,
(ii) the aggregate amount of the applicable Investor
Percentage of
Collections of Principal Receivables processed by the Servicer pursuant to
Article IV during the preceding Monthly Period with respect to each Series
then
outstanding, (iii) the aggregate amount of the applicable Investor
Percentage of Collections of
Finance Charge Receivables processed by the Servicer pursuant to Article IV
during the preceding Monthly Period with respect to each Series then
outstanding, (iv) the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables
outstanding as
of the end of the last day of the
preceding Monthly Period, (v) the balance on deposit in the Finance Charge
Account and the Principal Account or any Series Account applicable to any Series
then outstanding on such Determination Date with respect to Collections
processed by the Servicer
during the preceding Monthly Period, (vi) the aggregate amount, if any, of
withdrawals, drawings or payments under any Enhancement, if any, for each Series
then outstanding required to be made with respect to the previous
Monthly Period in the manner provided
in the related Supplement, (vii) the sum of all amounts payable to the Investor
Certificateholders of each Series on the succeeding
42
Distribution
Date in respect of
Certificate Principal and Certificate Interest and (viii)
such other matters as are set forth
in Exhibit
C.
Section
3.05 Annual Servicer’s
Certificate.
(a) Servicer
Compliance
Statement. Within the earlier
of 90
days after the end of each fiscal year of the Servicer or such date as required
by Regulation AB, beginning after the end of fiscal year
2006, the
Servicer will deliver to the Trustee, any Enhancement Provider and each Rating
Agency, the statement of compliance required under Item 1123 of Regulation
AB
with respect to such fiscal year ,
which statement shall be in
the form of an
Officer’s
Certificate of the Servicer to the
effect that (i)
a review of the activities of the
Servicer during such fiscal year and of its performance under this Agreement
was
made under the supervision of the officer signing such
certificate and
(ii)
to the best of such
officer’s
knowledge, based on such review, the
Servicer has fulfilled all of its obligations under this Agreement throughout
such fiscal year, or, if there has been a failure to fulfill any such obligation
in any material respect,
specifying each such failure known to such officer and the nature and status
thereof. A
copy of such statement
may be obtained by any Investor
Certificateholder by a request in writing to the Trustee addressed to the
Corporate Trust Office.
(b) Report
of Assessment of
Compliance with
Servicing Criteria. Within the earlier
of 90
days after the end of each fiscal year of the Servicer or such date as required
by Regulation AB, beginning after the end of fiscal year 2006, the Servicer
will
deliver to the Trustee, any
Enhancement Provider and each Rating Agency, a report of compliance with
servicing criteria required under Item 1122 of Regulation AB with respect to
such fiscal year, which report will be in the form of an Officer’s
Certificate of the Servicer
to the effect that (i)
the
Servicer is responsible for assessing compliance with the servicing obligations
under this Agreement; (ii) the Servicer has used the criteria in paragraph
(d)
of Item 1122 of Regulation AB to assess compliance with the servicing
obligations
under this Agreement; (iii)
the Servicer has assessed compliance with the servicing obligations under this
Agreement as of and for the period ending the end of such fiscal year and has
disclosed any material instance of noncompliance identified by
the Servicer; and (iv) a registered
public accounting firm has issued an attestation report on the
Servicer’s
assessment of compliance with
the servicing
obligations under this
Agreement as of and for the period ending the end of such fiscal
year. A
copy of such report
may be obtained by any Investor
Certificateholder by a request in writing to the Trustee addressed to the
Corporate Trust Office.
Section
3.06 Annual Independent
Accountants’
Servicing
Report.
(a) Within
the earlier
of 90 days after the end of each
fiscal year of the Servicer
or such date as required by Regulation AB, beginning after the end of fiscal
year 2006, the Servicer shall cause a registered public accounting firm (who
may
also render other services to the Servicer or the Transferor) to furnish
to
the Trustee, any Enhancement Provider
and each Rating Agency an attestation report on each assessment of compliance
with the servicing criteria with respect to the Servicer
or any
Affiliate thereof during
the related fiscal year delivered by such accountants pursuant to Rule
13(a)-18 or Rule
15(d)-18 of the Exchange Act and Item 1122 of Regulation AB.
43
(b) [RESERVED].
Section
3.07 Tax Treatment. The
Transferor has structured this Agreement and, unless otherwise specified in
the
related Supplement with respect to any Class of Investor Certificates, the
Investor Certificates with the intention that the Investor Certificates will
qualify under applicable federal, state, local and foreign tax law as
indebtedness. Unless otherwise specified in the related Supplement
with respect to any Class of Investor Certificates, the Transferor, the
Servicer, the Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate, each Investor
Certificateholder, and each Certificate Owner, agree to treat and to take no
action inconsistent with the treatment of the Investor Certificates (or
beneficial interest therein) as indebtedness for purposes of federal, state,
local and foreign income or franchise taxes and any other tax imposed on or
measured by income. Unless otherwise specified in the related
Supplement with respect to any Class of Investor Certificates, each Investor
Certificateholder, by its acceptance of its Certificate, and the Holder of
the
Exchangeable Transferor Certificate, by acquisition of its interest in the
Transferor Interest, and each Certificate Owner, by acquisition of a beneficial
interest in a Certificate, agree to be bound by the provisions of this Section
3.07. Unless otherwise specified in the related Supplement with
respect to any Class of Investor Certificates, each Certificateholder agrees
that it will cause any Certificate Owner acquiring an interest in a Certificate
through it to comply with this Agreement as to treatment as indebtedness under
applicable tax law, as described in this Section 3.07. Furthermore,
the Trustee shall treat the Trust as a security device only, and shall not
file
tax returns or obtain an employer identification number on behalf of the
Trust.
Section
3.08 Notices to the
Transferor. Any
Successor Servicer appointed pursuant to Section 10.02 shall deliver or make
available to the Transferor each certificate and report required to be prepared,
forwarded or delivered thereafter pursuant to Sections 3.04, 3.05 and
3.06.
[End
of Article III]
44
ARTICLE
IV
RIGHTS
OF CERTIFICATEHOLDERS AND ALLOCATION
AND
APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS
Section
4.01 Rights of
Certificateholders. Each
Series of Investor Certificates shall represent Undivided Interests in the
Trust, including the benefits of any Enhancement issued with respect to such
Series and the right to receive the Collections and other amounts at the times
and in the amounts specified in this Article IV to be deposited in the Investor
Accounts or to be paid to the Investor Certificateholders of such Series;
provided, however, that the aggregate interest represented by such
Certificates at any time in the Principal Receivables shall not exceed an amount
equal to the Invested Amount at such time. The Exchangeable
Transferor Certificate or, as the case may be, the uncertificated interest
in
the Transferor Interest shall represent the remaining undivided interest in
the
Trust, including the right to receive the Collections and other amounts at
the
times and in the amounts specified in this Article IV to be paid to the Holder
of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate; provided, however,
that if the Transferor elects to have its interest in the Transferor Interest
be
uncertificated as provided in Section 6.01, then such uncertificated interest
shall represent the Transferor Interest; provided, further, that
the aggregate interest represented by such Exchangeable Transferor Certificate
in the Principal Receivables or, as the case may be, the aggregate
uncertificated interest of the Transferor in the Principal Receivables, shall
not exceed the Transferor Interest at any time and such Exchangeable Transferor
Certificate or, as the case may be, such uncertificated interest shall not
represent any interest in the Investor Accounts, except as provided in this
Agreement, or have the benefit of any Enhancement issued with respect to any
Series.
Section
4.02 Establishment of
Accounts.
(a) The
Collection
Account. The
Servicer, for the benefit of the Certificateholders, shall establish in the
name
of the Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, a non-interest bearing segregated
account (the “Collection
Account”)
bearing a designation clearly indicating that the
funds deposited
therein are held in trust for the benefit of the Certificateholders, and shall
cause such Collection Account to be established and maintained, (i) in a
segregated trust account with the corporate trust department of a
depository institution or trust
company (which may include the Trustee or an Affiliate of the Servicer)
organized under the laws of the United States of America or any one of the
states thereof or the District of Columbia and with deposit insurance
provided
by BIF or SAIF which at all times
maintains a long-term deposit rating of at least “Baa3”
by Moody’s
and having corporate trust powers and
acting as trustee for funds deposited therein; provided,
however,
that such account need not be
maintained as a segregated
trust account with the corporate trust department of such institution if at
all
times the certificates of deposit, short-term deposits or commercial paper
or
the long-term unsecured debt obligations (other than such obligation whose
rating is based
on collateral or on the credit of a
Person other than such institution or trust company) of such depository
institution or trust company shall have a credit rating from Moody’s
and Standard & Poor’s
of “P-1”
and “A-1+,”
respectively, in the case of the
certificates of deposit,
short-term deposits or commercial paper, or a rating from Moody’s
of at least “Aa2”
and from Standard &
Poor’s
of “AAA”
in the case of the long-term unsecured
debt obligations, or (ii) with a depository institution, which
may
45
include
the Trustee, which is acceptable to
the Rating Agency (a “Qualified
Institution”);
provided,
further,
that upon the insolvency of the
Servicer, the Collection Account shall not be permitted to be maintained with
the Servicer. The Collection Account shall be under the “control”
(within the meaning of Sections 8-106
and 9-104 of the UCC as in effect in the applicable jurisdiction) of the
Trustee. Pursuant to authority granted to it pursuant to subsection
3.01(b), the Servicer shall have the revocable power to withdraw funds
from the Collection
Account for the purposes of carrying out its duties
hereunder.
(b) The
Finance Charge and Principal
Accounts. The Trustee, for
the
benefit of the Investor Certificateholders, shall establish and maintain with
the Trustee in the name of
the Trustee two segregated trust accounts (the “Finance
Charge
Account”
and the “Principal
Account,”
respectively), bearing a designation
clearly indicating that the funds therein are held for the benefit of the
Investor Certificateholders. The Trustee shall possess
all right, title and interest in all funds on deposit from time to time in
the
Finance Charge Account and the Principal Account and in all proceeds
thereof. The Finance Charge Account and the Principal Account shall
be under the
sole dominion and “control”
(within the meaning of Sections 8-106
and 9-104 of the UCC as in effect in the applicable jurisdiction) of the Trustee
for the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders. Pursuant to
authority granted to it hereunder, the Servicer shall have the
revocable power
to instruct the Trustee to withdraw funds from the Finance Charge Account and
the Principal
Account for the purpose of
carrying out the Servicer’s
or the Trustee’s
duties hereunder. The
Trustee at all times shall maintain accurate records
reflecting each
transaction in the Principal Account and the Finance Charge Account and that
funds held therein shall at all times be held in trust for the benefit of the
Investor Certificateholders.
(c) The
Distribution
Account. The
Trustee, for the benefit
of
the Investor Certificateholders, shall cause to be established and maintained
in
the name of the Trustee, with an office or branch of a Qualified Institution
(other than the Transferor), a non-interest bearing segregated demand
deposit
account (the “Distribution
Account”)
bearing a designation clearly
indicating that the funds deposited therein are held in trust for the benefit
of
the Investor Certificateholders. The Trustee shall possess all right,
title and interest in all funds on deposit from time
to time in the
Distribution Account and in all proceeds thereof. The Distribution
Account shall be under the sole dominion and “control”
(within the meaning of Sections 8-106
and 9-104 of the UCC as in effect in the applicable jurisdiction) of the Trustee
for the benefit
of the Investor Certificateholders.
(d) Administration
of the Investor
Accounts. Funds on deposit
in the
Principal Account and the Finance Charge Account shall at all times be invested
in Permitted Investments. Any such investment shall mature
and such funds
shall be available for withdrawal on or prior to the Transfer Date following
the
Record Date occurring in the Monthly Period in which such funds were processed
for collection. The Trustee shall maintain for the benefit
of the Investor Certificateholders
possession of the negotiable instruments or securities evidencing the Permitted
Investments described in clause (a) of the definition thereof from the time
of
purchase thereof until the time of sale or maturity; provided, that
no such investment shall be disposed of
prior to its maturity date. At the end of each month, all interest
and earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) on funds on deposit in
the
Principal Account and the Finance Charge Account shall be deposited by the Trustee
in a separate
deposit account with a Qualified Institution in the name of the Servicer, or
a
Person designated in writing by the Servicer, which
46
shall
not constitute a part of the
Trust, or shall otherwise be turned over by the Trustee
to the Servicer not less frequently
than monthly. Subject to the restrictions set forth above, the
Servicer, or a Person designated in writing by the Servicer, of which the
Trustee shall have received written notification thereof, shall have the
authority
to instruct the Trustee with
respect to the investment of funds on deposit in the Principal Account and
the
Finance Charge Account. For purposes of determining the availability
of funds or the balances in the Finance Charge Account and the
Principal
Account for any reason under this
Agreement, all investment earnings on such funds shall be deemed not to be
available or on deposit.
Section
4.03 Collections and
Allocations.
(a) Collections. Except
as provided below,
the Servicer shall deposit all Collections in the Collection Account as
promptly as
possible after the Date of Processing of such Collections, but in no event
later
than the second Business Day following such Date of
Processing. Immediately upon the occurrence of the insolvency of the
Servicer and thereafter,
the Servicer shall deposit all
Collections into the Collection Account which shall be established and
maintained with a Qualified Institution other than the Servicer in accordance
with subsection 4.02(a), and in no such event shall the Servicer
deposit
any Collections thereafter into any
account established, held or maintained with the Servicer.
The
Servicer shall allocate such
amounts to each Series of Investor Certificates and to the Holder of the
Exchangeable Transferor Certificate in accordance with this Article IV and
shall
withdraw the required amounts from the Collection Account or pay such amounts
to
the Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate in accordance with this
Article IV, in both cases as modified by any Supplement. The Servicer
shall make such deposits or payments on the date indicated therein by wire
transfer or as otherwise provided in the Supplement for any Series of
Certificates with respect to such Series.
Notwithstanding
anything in this Agreement to the contrary, for so long as, and only so long
as,
Chase USA shall remain the Servicer hereunder, and (x) (i) the Servicer provides
to the Trustee a letter of credit or other form of Enhancement covering the
risk
of collection of the Servicer, and (ii) the Transferor shall not have received
a
notice from any Rating Agency that such a letter of credit or other form of
Enhancement would result in the lowering or withdrawal of such Rating Agency’s
then-existing rating of the Investor Certificates, or (y) the Servicer shall
have and maintain a certificate of deposit or short-term deposit rating of
“P-1”
by Moody’s and of “A-1” by Standard & Poor’s and deposit insurance provided
by BIF or SAIF, the Servicer need not deposit Collections into the Collection
Account, the Principal Account, the Finance Charge Account or any Series
Account, as provided in any Supplement, or make payments to the Holder of the
Exchangeable Transferor Certificate, as provided in Article IV, but may make
such deposits, payments and withdrawals on each Transfer Date in an amount
equal
to the net amount of such deposits, payments and withdrawals which would have
been made but for the provisions of this paragraph.
(b) Allocations
for the Exchangeable
Transferor Certificate. Throughout the existence
of
the Trust, unless otherwise
stated in any Supplement, the Servicer shall allocate to the Holder of the
Exchangeable Transferor Certificate an amount equal to the product of (A) the
Transferor Percentage and (B) the aggregate amount of such
Collections
47
allocated
to Principal
Receivables and Finance Charge
Receivables, respectively, in respect of each Monthly Period; provided,
however,
that amounts payable to the Holder of
the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate pursuant to this clause (b) shall
instead be deposited in the
Collection Account to the extent that the Transferor Interest is less than
the
Minimum Transferor Interest. Notwithstanding anything in this
Agreement to the contrary, unless otherwise stated in any Supplement, the
Servicer need not deposit this amount or
any other amounts so allocated to the
Exchangeable Transferor Certificate pursuant to any Supplement into the
Collection Account and shall pay, or be deemed to pay, such amounts as collected
to the Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate.
(c) Adjustments
for Miscellaneous Credits and
Fraudulent Charges. The Servicer shall
be
obligated to reduce on a net basis each Monthly Period the aggregate amount
of
Principal Receivables used to calculate the Transferor Interest as provided
in
this subsection 4.03(c) (a
“Credit
Adjustment”)
with respect to any Principal
Receivable (i) which was created in respect of merchandise refused or returned
by the Obligor thereunder or as to which the Obligor thereunder has asserted
a
counterclaim or defense, (ii) which is reduced by the Servicer
by any rebate,
refund, charge-back or adjustment (including Servicer errors) or (iii) which
was
created as a result of a fraudulent or counterfeit charge.
In
the event that the inclusion of the amount of a Credit Adjustment in the
calculation of the Transferor Interest would cause the Transferor Interest
to be
an amount less than zero, the Transferor shall make a deposit, no later than
the
Business Day following the Date of Processing of such Credit Adjustment, in
the
Principal Account (for allocation as a Principal Receivable pursuant to Article
IV) in immediately available funds in an amount equal to the amount by which
such Credit Adjustment exceeds the Transferor Interest on such Date of
Processing (each such deposit, an “Adjustment Payment”).
(d) Reconveyance
of Receivables in
Defaulted Accounts. Unless otherwise
provided
in any Supplement, in consideration of receiving Recoveries as provided
in
subsection 4.03(g) hereof,
on the date on which an Account becomes a Defaulted Account, the Trust shall automatically
and
without further action or consideration be deemed to transfer, set over, and
otherwise convey to the Transferor, without recourse, representation or
warranty, all the right, title and interest of the Trust in and to the
Receivables
in such Defaulted Account, all
monies due or to become due with respect thereto, all proceeds thereof allocable
to the Trust with respect to such Receivables, excluding Recoveries relating
thereto, which shall remain an asset of the Trust.
(e) Allocation
for Series. On each Determination
Date,
Collections for the preceding Monthly Period shall be allocated to each Series
as follows. Each Series’
allocable share of such Collections in
respect of Finance Charge Receivables, Principal Receivables and Principal Receivables
in Defaulted
Accounts, respectively, shall be determined by multiplying the aggregate amount
of such Collections by such Investor Percentage with respect to such type of
Receivables and such Monthly Period. Adjustment Payments and
Unallocated
Principal Collections shall be
allocated on each Determination Date to each Series in the same manner as
Collections of Principal Receivables. The Servicer shall, prior to
the close of business on the day any Collections are deposited into
the Collection Account, withdraw
the required
amounts from the Collection Account and deposit such amounts into the Principal
Account or the Finance
48
Charge
Account or pay such amounts to
the Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate in accordance with
the
provisions of Article
IV.
(f) Unallocated
Principal
Collections. If, pursuant to any
provisions of Article IV, Collections allocated to Principal Receivables with
respect to any Series would cause such Series (a “Retired
Series”)
to be paid in full or if,
pursuant to such
provisions, Collections of Principal Receivables are allocated to the Holder
of
the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate and the Transferor Interest is equal
to
or less than the Minimum Transferor Interest or the payment of such amount
to
the
Transferor would cause the Transferor
Interest to be equal to or less than the Minimum Transferor Interest (any such
Collections being referred to as “Allocated
Collections”)
or any Adjustment Payment is made, any
Collections of Principal Receivables allocated to a Retired Series
in excess of
the amount required to pay such Series in full, or to the Transferor Interest
if
the Transferor Interest is or would be caused to be less than the Minimum
Transferor Interest or any Adjustment Payment (“Unallocated
Principal Collections”)
shall be retained in the Collection
Account. If on any Business Day following a Business Day on which
Unallocated Principal Collections were retained in the Collection Account the
Transferor Interest is greater than the Minimum Transferor Interest, such
Unallocated
Principal Collections may be released to the Holder of the Exchangeable
Transferor Certificate. On each Transfer Date with respect to each
Series in the Monthly Period succeeding the Monthly Period in which Unallocated
Principal
Collections were retained in the
Collection Account, such Unallocated Principal Collections shall be reallocated
to outstanding Series (any such allocation, an “Excess
Amount Principal
Allocation,”
and any such Series, an “Outstanding
Series”). Any
Excess Amount Principal Allocation
shall be performed assuming
that (A) the
characterization
of Unallocated Principal Collections as
Principal Receivables shall
not be altered, (B) the
Investor Percentages with respect to any Outstanding Series shall be
recalculated assuming
that
the Retired Series has been retired and that only the Outstanding Series are outstanding,
(C) Allocated Collections
have been paid to the
Retiring Series, (D) if the
payment of Allocated Collections as described above causes a Pay Out Event to occur,
Unallocated
Principal Collections shall be allocated as if such Pay Out Event has occurred
and
(E) the Unallocated
Principal Collections available on any Transfer Date with respect to any Series
shall be applied as if they were available on the last Business
Day of the
preceding Monthly Period. On each Transfer Date immediately preceding
each Distribution Date related to the Amortization Period for any Series,
Unallocated Principal Collections will be deposited in the Principal
Account
for such Series to the extent of the
lesser of (x) the Principal Shortfall on the last Business Day of the preceding
Monthly Period for such Series and (y) the aggregate amount of Unallocated
Principal Collections retained in the Collection Account on such
day. If more than one
Series is in its Amortization Period, Unallocated Principal Collections retained
in the Collection Account shall be allocated to each outstanding Series
pro
rata based on the
Principal Shortfall, if any, for each such Series on the last Business Day of
the preceding
Monthly Period, and then, at the option of the Transferor, any remainder may
be
applied as principal with respect to any Series of variable funding
certificates. The Servicer shall pay any remaining Unallocated
Principal
Collections on such Transfer Date to
the Transferor; provided, that
if the Transferor Interest as
determined on such Business Day does not exceed the Minimum Transferor Interest,
then such remaining Unallocated Principal Collections shall be deposited
in the Collection Account
in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the remaining Unallocated Principal
Collections and (ii) the excess of the Minimum Transferor Interest over the
Transferor Interest on such Business Day.
49
(g) Recoveries. On
or prior to the
earliest Determination Date
in each Monthly Period, the Transferor shall notify the Servicer of the amount
of Recoveries to be included as Collections with respect to the preceding
Monthly Period. On the earliest Transfer Date in each Monthly Period,
the Transferor
shall pay to the Servicer and the
Servicer shall deposit into the Collection Account, the amount of Recoveries
to
be so included as Collections with respect to the preceding Monthly Period;
provided,
however,
that such deposit need be made only to
the extent that such funds
are required to be retained in the Principal Account or the Finance Charge
Account for the benefit of any Series pursuant to the provisions of Article
IV
of this Agreement or any Series Supplement and any such amount that is not
so
deposited shall be paid to the
Transferor.
(h) Interchange. On
or prior to the earliest
Determination Date in each Monthly Period, Chase USA
shall notify the Servicer of the
Interchange Amount, if any, which is required to be included as Finance Charge
Collections with respect to
the preceding Monthly Period. On the earliest Transfer Date in each
Monthly Period, Chase
USA
shall pay to the
Servicer and the Servicer shall deposit into the Collection Account, in
immediately available funds, the Interchange Amount to be so included
as Finance Charge
Collections with respect to the preceding Monthly Period; provided,
however,
that such deposit need be made only to
the extent that such funds are required to be retained in the Finance Charge
Account for the benefit of
any Series pursuant to the provisions of Article IV of this Agreement or any
Series Supplement and any such amount that is not so deposited shall be paid
to
the Transferor.
[THE
REMAINDER OF ARTICLE IV IS RESERVED AND SHALL BE
SPECIFIED
IN ANY SUPPLEMENT WITH RESPECT TO ANY SERIES]
[End
of Article IV]
50
ARTICLE
V
[ARTICLE
V IS RESERVED AND SHALL BE SPECIFIED
IN
ANY SUPPLEMENT WITH RESPECT TO ANY SERIES]
[End
of Article V]
51
ARTICLE
VI
THE
CERTIFICATES
Section
6.01 The
Certificates. Subject
to Sections 6.10 and 6.13, the Investor Certificates of each Series and any
Class thereof may be issued in bearer form (the “Bearer Certificates”) with
attached interest coupons and a special coupon (collectively, the “Coupons”) or
in fully registered form (the “Registered Certificates”), and shall be
substantially in the form of the exhibits with respect thereto attached to
the
related Supplement. The Transferor may elect at any time, by written
notice to the Trustee, to have its interest in the Transferor Interest be (i)
an
uncertificated interest or (ii) evidenced by an Exchangeable Transferor
Certificate in certificated form. If the Transferor elects to have
its interest in the Exchangeable Transferor Interest be uncertificated, it
shall
deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Exchangeable Transferor Certificate
previously issued. If the Transferor elects to have its interest in
the Transferor Interest be evidenced by an Exchangeable Transferor Certificate
in certificated form, the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate shall be issued
pursuant hereto or to Section 6.09 or Section 6.10, substantially in the form
of
Exhibit A and shall upon issue be executed and delivered by the
Transferor to the Trustee for authentication and redelivery as provided in
Sections 2.01 and 6.02. The Investor Certificates shall, upon issue
pursuant hereto or to Section 6.09 or Section 6.10, be executed and delivered
by
the Transferor to the Trustee for authentication and redelivery as provided
in
Section 2.01 and Section 6.02. Any Investor Certificate shall be
issuable in a minimum denomination of $1,000 Undivided Interest and integral
multiples thereof, unless otherwise specified in any Supplement, and shall
be
issued upon original issuance in an original principal amount equal to the
Initial Invested Amount. The Exchangeable Transferor Certificate, if
applicable, shall be issued as a single certificate. Each Certificate
shall be executed by manual or facsimile signature on behalf of the Transferor
by its President or any Vice President. Certificates bearing the
manual or facsimile signature of the individual who was, at the time when such
signature was affixed, authorized to sign on behalf of the Transferor or the
Trustee shall not be rendered invalid, notwithstanding that such individual
has
ceased to be so authorized prior to the authentication and delivery of such
Certificates or does not hold such office at the date of such
Certificates. No Certificate shall be entitled to any benefit under
this Agreement, or be valid for any purpose, unless there appears on such
Certificate a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided
for herein, executed by or on behalf of the Trustee by the manual signature
of a
duly authorized signatory, and such certificate upon any Certificate shall
be
conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Certificate has been
duly
authenticated and delivered hereunder. All Certificates shall be
dated the date of their authentication except Bearer Certificates which shall
be
dated the applicable New Issuance Date.
Section
6.02 Authentication
of
Certificates. Contemporaneously
with the initial assignment and transfer of the Receivables, whether now
existing or hereafter created (other than Receivables in Additional Accounts)
and the other components to the Trust, the Trustee shall authenticate and
deliver the initial Series of Investor Certificates, upon the written order
of
the Transferor, to the underwriters for the sale of the Book-Entry Certificates
evidenced by such Investor Certificates, and against payment to the Transferor
of the Initial Invested Amount (net of any purchase or underwriting
discount). Upon the receipt of such payment and the issuance
of
52
the
Investor Certificates, such Investor Certificates shall be fully paid and
non-assessable. If the Transferor elects to have its interest in the
Transferor Interest be evidenced by an Exchangeable Transferor Certificate
in
certificated form, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver the Exchangeable
Transferor Certificate to the Transferor simultaneously with its delivery to
the
Transferor of the initial Series of Investor Certificates. Upon an
Exchange as provided in Section 6.09 and the satisfaction of certain other
conditions specified therein, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver the
Investor Certificates of additional Series (with the designation provided in
the
related Supplement), upon the order of the Transferor, to the persons designated
in such Supplement. Upon the order of the Transferor, the
Certificates of any Series shall be duly authenticated by or on behalf of the
Trustee, in authorized denominations equal to (in the aggregate) the Initial
Invested Amount of such Series of Investor Certificates. If specified
in the related Supplement for any Series, the Trustee shall authenticate and
deliver outside the United States of America the Global Certificate that is
issued upon original issuance thereof, upon the written order of the Transferor,
to the Depository against payment of the purchase price therefor. If
specified in the related Supplement for any Series, the Trustee shall
authenticate Book-Entry Certificates that are issued upon original issuance
thereof, upon the written order of the Transferor, to a Clearing Agency or
its
nominee as provided in Section 6.10 against payment of the purchase price
thereof.
Section
6.03 Registration of Transfer
and Exchange
of Certificates.
(a) The
Trustee shall cause to be kept at
the office or agency to be maintained by a transfer agent and registrar (the
“Transfer
Agent and Registrar”),
in accordance with the provisions of
Section 11.16, a register
(the “Certificate
Register”)
in which, subject to such reasonable
regulations as it may prescribe, the Transfer Agent and Registrar shall provide
for the registration of the Investor Certificates of each Series (unless
otherwise provided in the
related Supplement) and of transfers and exchanges of the Investor Certificates
as herein provided. The Trustee is hereby initially appointed
Transfer Agent and Registrar for the purposes of registering the Investor
Certificates and transfers and exchanges
of the Investor Certificates as
herein provided. If any form of Investor Certificate is issued as a
Global Certificate, the
Trustee may or,
if and so long as any Series of
Investor Certificates are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and
such exchange shall so
require, the Trustee shall appoint a co-transfer agent and co-registrar in
Luxembourg or another European city. Any reference in this Agreement
to the Transfer Agent and Registrar shall include any co-transfer agent and
co-registrar unless
the context otherwise
requires. The Trustee shall be permitted to resign as Transfer Agent
and Registrar upon 30 days’
written notice to the
Servicer. In the event that the Trustee shall no longer be the
Transfer Agent and Registrar, the Transferor shall appoint a successor
Transfer Agent
and Registrar.
Upon
surrender for registration of transfer of any Certificate at any office or
agency of the Transfer Agent and Registrar, the Transferor shall execute,
subject to the provisions of subsection 6.03(c), and the Trustee shall
authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or
transferees, one or more new Certificates in authorized denominations of like
aggregate Undivided Interests; provided, that the provisions of
this paragraph shall not apply to Bearer Certificates.
53
At
the option of an Investor Certificateholder, Investor Certificates may be
exchanged for other Investor Certificates of the same Series in authorized
denominations of like aggregate Undivided Interests, upon surrender of the
Investor Certificates to be exchanged at any such office or
agency. At the option of any Holder of Registered Certificates,
Registered Certificates may be exchanged for other Registered Certificates
of
the same Series in authorized denominations of like aggregate Undivided
Interests in the Trust, upon surrender of the Registered Certificates to be
exchanged at any office or agency of the Transfer Agent and Registrar maintained
for such purpose. At the option of a Holder of a Bearer Certificate,
subject to applicable laws and regulations (including without limitation, the
Bearer Rules), Bearer Certificates may be exchanged for other Bearer
Certificates or Registered Certificates of the same Series in authorized
denominations of like aggregate Undivided Interests in the Trust, in the manner
specified in the Supplement for such Series, upon surrender of the Bearer
Certificates to be exchanged at an office or agency of the Transfer Agent and
Registrar located outside the United States of America. Each Bearer
Certificate surrendered pursuant to this Section 6.03 shall have attached
thereto (or be accompanied by) all unmatured Coupons, provided that any Bearer
Certificate so surrendered after the close of business on the Record Date
preceding the relevant Distribution Date after the related Series Termination
Date need not have attached the Coupons relating to such Distribution
Date.
Whenever
any Investor Certificates of any Series are so surrendered for exchange, the
Transferor shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and (unless the
Transfer Agent and Registrar is different from the Trustee, in which case the
Transfer Agent and Registrar shall) deliver, the Investor Certificates of such
Series which the Certificateholder making the exchange is entitled to
receive. Every Investor Certificate presented or surrendered for
registration of transfer or exchange shall be accompanied by a written
instrument of transfer in a form satisfactory to the Trustee and the Transfer
Agent and Registrar duly executed by the Certificateholder thereof or his
attorney-in-fact duly authorized in writing.
The
preceding provisions of this Section 6.03 notwithstanding, the Trustee or the
Transfer Agent and Registrar, as the case may be, shall not be required to
register the transfer of or exchange any Investor Certificate of any Series
for
a period of 15 days preceding the due date for any payment with respect to
the
Investor Certificates of such Series.
Unless
otherwise provided in the related Supplement, no service charge shall be made
for any registration of transfer or exchange of Certificates, but the Transfer
Agent and Registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax
or
other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any transfer
or
exchange of Certificates.
All
Investor Certificates (together with any Coupons attached to Bearer
Certificates) surrendered for registration of transfer and exchange shall be
canceled by the Transfer Agent and Registrar and disposed of in a manner
satisfactory to the Trustee. The Trustee shall cancel and destroy the
Global Certificate upon its exchange in full for Definitive Certificates and
shall deliver a certificate of destruction to the Transferor. Such
certificate shall also state that a certificate or certificates of each Foreign
Clearing Agency to the effect referred to in Section 6.12 was received with
respect to each portion of the Global Certificate exchanged for Definitive
Certificates.
54
The
Transferor shall execute and deliver to the Trustee or the Transfer Agent and
Registrar, as applicable, Bearer Certificates and Registered Certificates in
such amounts and at such times as are necessary to enable the Trustee to fulfill
its responsibilities under this Agreement and the Certificates.
(b) Except
as provided in Section 6.09
or 7.02 or in any
Supplement, in no event shall the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate or any
interest therein or, as the case may be, the uncertificated interest in the
Transferor Interest or any interest therein, be transferred, sold,
exchanged, pledged, participated or
otherwise assigned hereunder, in whole or in part, unless the Transferor shall
have consented in writing to such transfer and unless the Trustee shall have
received (x) an Opinion of Counsel that such transfer (i) does
not adversely affect the conclusions
reached in any of the federal income tax opinions dated the applicable Closing
Date issued in connection with the original issuance of any Series of Investor
Certificates and (ii) will not cause the Trust to be deemed
to be an association or “publicly
traded partnership”
(within the meaning of Section 7704(b)
of the Internal Revenue Code) taxable as a corporation and (y) with respect
to
any such transfer, sale, exchange, pledge, participation or assignment to an
entity which is not an
Affiliate of the Transferor, confirmation in writing from each Rating Agency
that such transfer will not result in a lowering or withdrawal of its
then-existing rating of any Series of Investor Certificates. The
Transferor shall give each
Rating Agency notice of any such
transfer, sale, exchange, pledge, participation or assignment to an Affiliate
of
the Transferor.
(c) Unless
otherwise provided in the related
Supplement, registration of transfer of Registered Certificates containing
a
legend relating to the
restrictions on transfer of such Registered Certificates (which legend shall
be
set forth in the Supplement relating to such Investor Certificates) shall be
effected only if the conditions set forth in such related Supplement are
satisfied.
Whenever
a Registered Certificate containing the legend set forth in the related
Supplement is presented to the Transfer Agent and Registrar for registration
of
transfer, the Transfer Agent and Registrar shall promptly seek instructions
from
the Servicer regarding such transfer. The Transfer Agent and
Registrar and the Trustee shall be entitled to receive written instructions
signed by a Servicing Officer prior to registering any such transfer or
authenticating new Registered Certificates, as the case may be. The
Servicer hereby agrees to indemnify the Transfer Agent and Registrar and the
Trustee and to hold each of them harmless against any loss, liability or expense
incurred without negligence or bad faith on their part arising out of or in
connection with actions taken or omitted by them in reliance on any such written
instructions furnished pursuant to this subsection 6.03(c).
(d) The
Transfer Agent and Registrar will
maintain an office or offices or an agency or agencies where Investor
Certificates of such Series
may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange.
Section
6.04 Mutilated, Destroyed,
Lost or Stolen
Certificates. If
(a) any mutilated Certificate (together, in the case of Bearer Certificates,
with all unmatured Coupons, if any, appertaining thereto) is surrendered to
the
Transfer Agent and Registrar, or the Transfer Agent and Registrar receives
evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any
Certificate and (b) there is delivered to the Transfer Agent and Registrar
and
the Trustee such
55
security
or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless, then,
in
the absence of notice to the Trustee that such Certificate has been acquired
by
a protected purchaser, the Transferor shall execute and the Trustee shall
authenticate and (unless the Transfer Agent and Registrar is different from
the
Trustee, in which case the Transfer Agent and Registrar shall) deliver (in
compliance with applicable law), in exchange for or in lieu of any such
mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Certificate, a new Certificate of like
tenor and aggregate Undivided Interest. In connection with the
issuance of any new Certificate under this Section 6.04, the Trustee or the
Transfer Agent and Registrar may require the payment of a sum sufficient to
cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation
thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee
and the Transfer Agent and Registrar) connected therewith. Any
duplicate Certificate issued pursuant to this Section 6.04 shall constitute
complete and indefeasible evidence of ownership in the Trust, as if originally
issued, whether or not the lost, stolen or destroyed Certificate shall be found
at any time.
Section
6.05 Persons Deemed
Owners. Prior
to due presentation of a Certificate for registration of transfer, the Trustee,
the Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent and Registrar and any agent of any of
them
may treat the Person in whose name any Certificate is registered as the owner
of
such Certificate for the purpose of receiving distributions pursuant to Article
V (as described in any Supplement) and for all other purposes whatsoever, and
none of the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent and Registrar or
any
agent of any of them shall be affected by any notice to the contrary;
provided, however, that in determining whether the holders of
Investor Certificates evidencing the requisite Undivided Interests have given
any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver
hereunder, Investor Certificates owned by the Transferor, the Servicer or any
Affiliate thereof shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except
that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon
any
such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver,
only
Investor Certificates which a Responsible Officer in the Corporate Trust Office
of the Trustee knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Investor
Certificates so owned that have been pledged in good faith shall not be
disregarded as outstanding, if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction
of
the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Investor
Certificates and that the pledgee is not the Transferor, the Servicer or an
Affiliate thereof.
In
the case of a Bearer Certificate, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Transfer
Agent and Registrar and any agent of any of them may treat the holder of a
Bearer Certificate or Coupon as the owner of such Bearer Certificate or Coupon
for the purpose of receiving distributions pursuant to Article IV and Article
XII and for all other purposes whatsoever, and none of the Trustee, the Paying
Agent, the Transfer Agent and Registrar or any agent of any of them shall be
affected by any notice to the contrary. Certificates so owned which
have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded and may be regarded
as
outstanding, if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee
the
pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Investor Certificates and that
the pledgee is not the Transferor, the Servicer or an Affiliate
thereof.
Section
6.06 Appointment of Paying
Agent.
(a) The
Paying Agent shall make
distributions to Investor Certificateholders from the appropriate account or
accounts maintained for the benefit of
56
Certificateholders
as specified in this
Agreement or the related Supplement for any Series pursuant to Articles IV
and V
hereof. Any Paying Agent shall have the revocable power to withdraw
funds from such appropriate account or accounts for the purpose of
making distributions referred to
above. The Trustee (or the Servicer if the Trustee is the Paying
Agent) may revoke such power and remove the Paying Agent, if the Trustee (or
the
Servicer if the Trustee is the Paying Agent) determines in its sole
discretion
that the Paying Agent shall have
failed to perform its obligations under this Agreement in any material respect
or for other good cause. The Trustee (or the Servicer if the Trustee
is the Paying Agent) shall notify Xxxxx’x
of the removal of any
Paying
Agent. The Paying Agent, unless the Supplement with respect to any
Series states otherwise, shall initially be the Trustee. If any form
of Investor Certificate is issued as a Global Certificate, or if and so long
as
any Series of Investor Certificates are
listed on the Luxembourg Stock
Exchange and the Trustee shall have received written notice that such exchange
shall so require, the Trustee shall appoint a co-paying agent in Luxembourg
or
another European city. The Trustee shall be permitted to
resign
as Paying Agent upon 30
days’
written notice to the
Servicer. In the event that the Trustee shall no longer be the Paying
Agent, the Transferor shall appoint a successor to act as Paying Agent (which
shall be a bank or trust company). The provisions of Sections 11.01, 11.02
and 11.03 shall
apply to the Trustee also in its role as Paying Agent, for so long as the
Trustee shall act as Paying Agent. Any reference in this Agreement to
the Paying Agent shall include any co-paying agent unless the context
requires
otherwise. Any costs or
expenses incurred by the Trustee in connection with the appointment of a
co-paying agent or successor paying agent shall be reimbursed by the
Servicer.
If
specified in the related Supplement for any Series, so long as the Investor
Certificates of such Series are outstanding, the Transferor shall maintain
a
co-paying agent in New York City (for Registered Certificates only) or any
other
city designated in such Supplement which, if and so long as any Series of
Investor Certificates is listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange or other stock
exchange and such exchange so requires, shall be in Luxembourg or the location
required by such other stock exchange.
(b) The
Trustee shall cause the Paying Agent
(other than itself) to execute and deliver to the Trustee
an instrument in
which such Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee that such Paying Agent
will
hold all sums, if any, held by it for payment to the Certificateholders in
trust
for the benefit of the Certificateholders entitled thereto
until such sums shall be paid to
such Certificateholders and shall agree, and if the Trustee is the Paying Agent
it hereby agrees, that it shall comply with all requirements of the Internal
Revenue Code regarding the withholding by the Trustee of payments
in respect of federal income taxes
due from Certificate Owners.
Section
6.07 Access
to List of
Certificateholders’
Names and
Addresses. The
Trustee will furnish or cause to be furnished by the Transfer Agent and
Registrar to the Servicer or the Paying Agent, within five Business Days after
receipt by the Trustee of a request therefor from the Servicer or the Paying
Agent, respectively, in writing, a list in such form as the Servicer or the
Paying Agent may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Investor
Certificateholders as of the most recent Record Date for payment of
distributions to Investor Certificateholders. Unless otherwise
provided in the related Supplement, holders of Investor Certificates evidencing
Undivided Interests aggregating not less than 10% of the Invested Amount of
the
Investor Certificates of any Series (the “Applicants”) may apply in writing to
the
57
Trustee,
and if such application states that the Applicants desire to communicate with
other Investor Certificateholders of any Series with respect to their rights
under this Agreement or under the Investor Certificates and is accompanied
by a
copy of the communication which such Applicants propose to transmit, then the
Trustee, after having been adequately indemnified by such Applicants for its
costs and expenses, shall afford or shall cause the Transfer Agent and Registrar
to afford such Applicants access during normal business hours to the most recent
list of Certificateholders held by the Trustee and shall give the Servicer
notice that such request has been made, within five Business Days after the
receipt of such application. Such list shall be as of a date no more
than 45 days prior to the date of receipt of such Applicants’
request. Every Certificateholder, by receiving and holding a
Certificate, agrees with the Trustee that neither the Trustee, the Transfer
Agent and Registrar, nor any of their respective agents shall be held
accountable by reason of the disclosure of any such information as to the names
and addresses of the Certificateholders hereunder, regardless of the source
from
which such information was obtained.
Section
6.08 Authenticating
Agent.
(a) The
Trustee may appoint one or more
authenticating agents with respect to the Certificates which shall be authorized
to act on behalf of the
Trustee in authenticating the Certificates in connection with the issuance,
delivery, registration of transfer, exchange or repayment of the
Certificates. Whenever reference is made in this Agreement to the
authentication of Certificates by the Trustee
or the Trustee’s
certificate of authentication, such
reference shall be deemed to include authentication on behalf of the Trustee
by
an authenticating agent and a certificate of authentication executed on behalf
of the Trustee by an authenticating agent. Each authenticating agent
must be
acceptable to the Transferor.
(b) Any
institution succeeding to the
corporate agency business of an authenticating agent shall continue to be an
authenticating agent without the execution or filing of any paper or any
further act on the part of
the Trustee or such authenticating agent.
(c) An
authenticating agent may at any time
resign by giving written notice of resignation to the Trustee and to the
Transferor. The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of an
authenticating agent by
giving notice of termination to such authenticating agent and to the
Transferor. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such
a termination, or in case at any time an authenticating agent shall cease to
be
acceptable to the Trustee or
the Transferor, the Trustee promptly
may appoint a successor authenticating agent. Any successor
authenticating agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become
vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor
hereunder, with
like effect as if originally named
as an authenticating agent. No successor authenticating agent shall
be appointed unless acceptable to the Trustee and the
Transferor.
(d) The
Trustee agrees to pay each
authenticating agent from time to time reasonable compensation for its
services under this
Section 6.08, and the Trustee shall be entitled to be reimbursed and the
Servicer shall reimburse the Trustee for such reasonable payments actually
made,
subject to the provisions of Section 11.05.
58
(e) The
provisions of Sections 11.01, 11.02
and 11.03 shall
be applicable to any authenticating agent.
(f) Pursuant
to an appointment made under
this Section 6.08, the Certificates may have endorsed thereon, in lieu of the
Trustee’s
certificate of authentication, an
alternate certificate of
authentication in substantially the following form:
This
is one of the certificates described in the Third Amended and Restated Pooling
and Servicing Agreement.
as
Authenticating Agent
|
||
for
the Trustee,
|
||
By:
|
||
Authorized
Officer
|
Section
6.09 Tender of Exchangeable
Transferor
Certificate.
(a) Upon
any Exchange, the Trustee shall
issue to the Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate under Section
6.01, for execution and redelivery to the Trustee for authentication
under Section
6.02, one or more new Series of Investor Certificates. Each Investor
Certificate of any such Series of Investor Certificates shall be substantially
in the form specified in the related Supplement and shall bear, upon its
face, the designation for such
Series to which it belongs, as selected by the Transferor. Except as
specified in any Supplement for a related Series, all Investor Certificates
of
any Series shall rank pari passu
and be equally and ratably entitled as
provided herein to the
benefits hereof (except that the Enhancement provided for any Series shall
not
be available for any other Series) without preference, priority or distinction
on account of the actual time or times of authentication and delivery,
all in
accordance with the terms and
provisions of this Agreement and the related Supplement.
(b) The
Holder of the Exchangeable
Transferor Certificate may permit Investor Certificates of one or more new
Series to be issued (each, a “New
Issuance”)
by notifying the Trustee in writing
at least three days
in advance (a “New
Issuance Notice”)
of the date upon which the New
Issuance is to occur (a “New
Issuance Date”). Any
New Issuance shall
state the designation of any Series (and Class thereof, if applicable) to be
issued on the New Issuance
Date and, with respect to such Series: (x)
its Initial Invested Amount (or the
method for calculating such Initial Invested Amount), which at any time may
not
be greater than the current principal amount of the Exchangeable
Transferor Certificate at
such time, (y)
its Certificate Rate (or the method
for allocating interest payments or other cash flows to such Series), if any,
and (z)
the Enhancement Provider, if any, with
respect to such Series. On the New Issuance Date, the Trustee shall authenticate
and deliver the
Investor Certificates of any such Series only upon delivery to it of the
following: (i)
a Supplement satisfying the criteria
set forth in subsection 6.09(c) executed by the Transferor and specifying the
Principal Terms of such
Series, (ii)
the applicable Enhancement, if any,
(iii)
the agreement, if any, pursuant to
which the Enhancement Provider agrees to provide any Enhancement, (iv)
an Opinion of Counsel to the effect
that,
59
unless
otherwise specified in the
related Supplement, the
Investor Certificates of the newly issued Series will be treated as debt for
Federal income tax purposes and that the issuance of the newly issued Series
will not adversely affect the Federal income tax characterization of the Holder
of any
outstanding Series of Investor
Certificates or any Certificate Owner, (v)
written confirmation from each Rating
Agency that the New Issuance will not result in such Rating Agency’s
reducing or withdrawing its rating on
any then outstanding Series as to which it is a Rating Agency
and
(vi)
an Officer’s
Certificate signed by a Vice President
(or any more senior officer) of the Transferor, that on the New Issuance Date
(A)
the Transferor, after giving effect to
such New Issuance, would not be required to add Additional Accounts
pursuant to
subsection 2.06(a) and (B)
after giving effect to such New
Issuance, the Transferor Interest would be at least equal to the Minimum
Transferor Interest. Upon satisfaction of such conditions, the
Trustee shall issue the Investor Certificates of
such Series and,
if there is a currently existing Exchangeable Transferor Certificate, upon
presentation of such Exchangeable Transferor Certificate to the Trustee for
cancellation, a new Exchangeable Transferor Certificate, if applicable,
dated the New Issuance Date, as
provided above. There is no limit to the number of New Issuances that
may be performed under this Agreement. In
addition, the Transferor agrees to
provide notice of new issuances of Series of Investor Certificates
as may be required by and
in accordance with Item 1121(a)(14) of Regulation AB.
(c) In
conjunction with a New Issuance, the
parties hereto shall execute a Supplement, which shall specify the relevant
terms with respect to the Investor Certificates of any newly issued Series, which may
include without
limitation: (i) its name or designation, (ii) the Initial Invested
Amount or the method of calculating the Initial Invested Amount, (iii) the
Certificate Rate (or formula for the determination thereof), (iv) the
Closing
Date, (v) the rating agency or
agencies rating such Series, (vi) the name of the Clearing Agency, if any,
(vii)
the rights of the Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate that have
been transferred to the Holders of such Series pursuant to such
New Issuance (including any rights to
allocations of Collections of Finance Charge Receivables and Principal
Receivables), (viii) the interest payment date or dates and the date or dates
from which interest shall accrue, (ix) the method of allocating Collections
with respect to Principal
Receivables for such Series and, if applicable, with respect to other Series
and
the method by which the principal amount of Investor Certificates of such Series
shall amortize or accrete and the method for allocating Collections
with respect to Finance Charge
Receivables and Receivables in Defaulted Accounts, (x) the names of any accounts
to be used by such Series and the terms governing the operation of any such
account, (xi) the Series Servicing Fee Percentage, (xii) the
Minimum Transferor Interest, (xiii)
the Series Termination Date, (xiv) the terms of any Enhancement with respect
to
such Series, (xv) the Enhancement Provider, if applicable, (xvi) the base rate
applicable to such Series, (xvii) the terms on which the Certificates
of such Series may be
repurchased or remarketed to other investors, (xviii) any deposit into any
account provided for such Series, (xix) the number of Classes of such Series,
and if more than one Class, the rights and priorities of each such Class,
(xx) whether Interchange or other
fees will be included in the funds available to be paid for such Series, (xxi)
the priority of any Series with respect to any other Series, (xxii) the Minimum
Aggregate Principal Receivables, (xxiii) whether such Series
will be part of a Group, and (xxiv)
any other relevant terms of such Series (including whether or not such Series
will be pledged as collateral for an issuance of any other securities, including
commercial paper) (all such terms, the “Principal
Terms”
of such Series). The terms of
such Supplement may modify or amend the terms of this Agreement solely as
applied to such new Series. If on the date of the issuance
of
60
such
series there is issued and
outstanding one or more Series of Investor Certificates and
no Series of Investor Certificates is
currently rated by a Rating Agency, then as a condition to such New Issuance
a
nationally recognized investment banking firm or commercial bank shall also
deliver to the Trustee an officer’s
certificate stating, in substance, that the Exchange
will not
have an adverse effect on the timing or distribution of payments to the Investor
Certificates of such other Series then issued and
outstanding.
Section
6.10 Book-Entry
Certificates. Unless
otherwise provided in any related Supplement, the Investor Certificates, upon
original issuance, shall be issued in the form of typewritten Certificates
representing the Book-Entry Certificates, to be delivered to the depository
specified in such Supplement (the “Depository”) which shall be the Clearing
Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency, by or on behalf of such
Series. The Investor Certificates of each Series shall, unless
otherwise provided in the related Supplement, initially be registered on the
Certificate Register in the name of the nominee of the Clearing Agency or
Foreign Clearing Agency. No Certificate Owner will receive a
definitive certificate representing such Certificate Owner’s interest in the
related Series of Investor Certificates, except as provided in Section
6.12. Unless and until definitive, fully registered Investor
Certificates of any Series (“Definitive Certificates”) have been issued to
Certificate Owners pursuant to Section 6.12:
(i) the
provisions of this Section 6.10
shall be in full force and effect with respect to each such Series;
(ii) the
Transferor, the Servicer, the Paying
Agent, the Transfer Agent and Registrar and the Trustee may deal with the
Clearing Agency and the Clearing Agency Participants for all purposes (including
the making of distributions on the Investor Certificates of each such
Series) as the
authorized representatives of the Certificate Owners;
(iii) to
the extent that the provisions of
this Section 6.10 conflict with any other provisions of this Agreement, the
provisions of this Section 6.10 shall control with respect to each such Series;
and
(iv) the
rights of Certificate Owners of each
such Series shall be exercised only through the Clearing Agency or Foreign
Clearing Agency and the applicable Clearing Agency Participants and shall be
limited to those established by law and agreements between
such
Certificate Owners and the Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency and/or
the
Clearing Agency Participants. Pursuant to the Depository Agreement
applicable to a Series, unless and until Definitive Certificates of such
Series
are issued pursuant to Section
6.12, the initial Clearing Agency will make book-entry transfers among the
Clearing Agency Participants and receive and transmit distributions of principal
and interest on the Investor Certificates to such Clearing Agency
Participants.
Section
6.11
Notices to Clearing
Agency. Whenever
notice or other communication to the Certificateholders is required under this
Agreement, unless and until Definitive Certificates shall have been issued
to
Certificate Owners pursuant to Section 6.12, the Trustee shall give all such
notices and communications specified herein to be given to Holders
of
61
the
Investor Certificates to the Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency for
distribution to Holders of Investor Certificates.
Section
6.12
Definitive
Certificates. If
(i) (A) the Transferor advises the Trustee in writing that the Clearing Agency
or Foreign Clearing Agency is no longer willing or able to discharge properly
its responsibilities under the applicable Depository Agreement, and (B) the
Transferor is unable to locate a qualified successor, (ii) the Transferor,
at
its option, advises the Trustee in writing that it elects to terminate the
book-entry system through the Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency with
respect to any Series of Certificates or (iii) after the occurrence of a
Servicer Default, Certificate Owners of a Series representing beneficial
interests aggregating not less than 50% of the Invested Amount of such Series
advise the Trustee and the applicable Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency
through the applicable Clearing Agency Participants in writing that the
continuation of a book-entry system through the applicable Clearing Agency
or
Foreign Clearing Agency is no longer in the best interests of the Certificate
Owners, the Trustee shall notify all Certificate Owners of such Series, through
the applicable Clearing Agency Participants, of the occurrence of any such
event
and of the availability of Definitive Certificates to Certificate Owners of
such
Series requesting the same. Upon surrender to the Trustee of the
Investor Certificates of such Series by the applicable Clearing Agency or
Foreign Clearing Agency, accompanied by registration instructions from the
applicable Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency for registration, the
Trustee shall issue the Definitive Certificates of such
Series. Neither the Transferor nor the Trustee shall be liable for
any delay in delivery of such instructions and may conclusively rely on, and
shall be protected in relying on, such instructions. Upon the
issuance of Definitive Certificates of such Series all references herein to
obligations imposed upon or to be performed by the applicable Clearing Agency
or
Foreign Clearing Agency shall be deemed to be imposed upon and performed by
the
Trustee, to the extent applicable with respect to such Definitive Certificates,
and the Trustee shall recognize the Holders of the Definitive Certificates
of
such Series as Certificateholders of such Series hereunder.
Section
6.13
Global
Certificate. If
specified in the related Supplement for any Series, the Investor Certificates
may be initially issued in the form of a single temporary Global Certificate
(the “Global Certificate”) in bearer form, without interest coupons, in the
denomination of the Initial Invested Amount and substantially in the form
attached to the related Supplement. Unless otherwise specified in the
related Supplement, the provisions of this Section 6.13 shall apply to such
Global Certificate. The Global Certificate will be authenticated by
the Trustee upon the same conditions, in substantially the same manner and
with
the same effect as the Definitive Certificates. The Global
Certificate may be exchanged in the manner described in the related Supplement
for Registered or Bearer Certificates in definitive form.
Section
6.14
Meetings of
Certificateholders. To
the extent provided by the Supplement for any Series issued in whole or in
part
in Bearer Certificates, the Servicer or the Trustee may at any time call a
meeting of the Certificateholders of such Series, to be held at such time and
at
such place as the Servicer or the Trustee, as the case may be, shall determine,
for the purpose of approving a modification of or amendment to, or obtaining
a
waiver of, any covenant or condition set forth in this Agreement with respect
to
such Series or in the Certificates of such Series, subject to Section 13.01
of
this Agreement.
62
[End
of Article VI]
63
ARTICLE
VII
OTHER
MATTERS RELATING TO THE TRANSFEROR
Section
7.01
Liability of the
Transferor. The
Transferor shall be liable in accordance herewith to the extent of the
obligations specifically undertaken by the Transferor.
Section
7.02
Merger or Consolidation
of, or
Assumption of the Obligations of, the Transferor.
(a) The
Transferor shall not consolidate
with or merge into any other entity or convey or transfer its properties and assets substantially
(except
pursuant to the transactions contemplated herein with respect to the
Receivables) as an entirety to any Person, unless:
(i) the
entity formed by such consolidation
or into which the Transferor is merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance
or transfer
the properties and assets of the Transferor substantially as an entirety shall
be, if the Transferor is not the surviving entity, organized and existing under
the laws of the United States of America or any state or the
District of Columbia, and shall be a
national banking association, state banking corporation or other entity which
is
not subject to the bankruptcy laws of the United States of America, or a special
purpose entity whose powers and activities are limited
and, if such Transferor is not the
surviving entity, shall expressly assume, by an agreement supplemental hereto,
executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee,
the
performance of every covenant and obligation of the Transferor,
as applicable hereunder and shall
benefit from all the rights granted to the Transferor, as applicable
hereunder. To the extent that any right, covenant or obligation of
the Transferor, as applicable hereunder, is inapplicable to the successor
entity, such
successor entity shall be subject
to such covenant or obligation, or benefit from such right, as would apply,
to
the extent practicable, to such successor entity. In furtherance
hereof, in applying this Section 7.02 to a successor entity, Section
9.02
hereof shall be applied by reference
to events of bankruptcy, liquidation, receivership or conservatorship applicable
to such successor entity as shall be set forth in the Officer’s
Certificate described in subsection
7.02(a)(ii);
(ii) the
Transferor shall have delivered to the Trustee
an
Officer’s
Certificate signed by a Vice President
(or any more senior officer) of the Transferor stating that such consolidation,
merger, conveyance or transfer and such supplemental agreement comply with
this
Section 7.02 and that all
conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have
been
complied with and an Opinion of Counsel that such supplemental agreement is
legal, valid and binding; and
(iii) the
Transferor shall have delivered
notice to the Rating Agency
of such consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer.
64
(b) The
obligations of the Transferor
hereunder shall not be assignable nor shall any Person succeed to the
obligations of the Transferor hereunder except for mergers, consolidations,
assumptions or transfers in
accordance with the provisions of the foregoing paragraph.
Section
7.03
Limitation on
Liability. The
officers, employees or agents of the Transferor shall not be under any liability
to the Trust, the Trustee, the Certificateholders, any Enhancement Provider
or
any other Person hereunder or pursuant to any document delivered hereunder,
it
being expressly understood that all such liability is expressly waived and
released as a condition of, and as consideration for, the execution of this
Agreement and any Supplement and the issuance of the Certificates;
provided, however, that this provision shall not protect the
officers, employees, or agents of the Transferor against any liability which
would otherwise be imposed by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross
negligence in the performance of duties or by reason of reckless disregard
of
obligations and duties hereunder. The Transferor shall not be under
any liability to the Trust, the Trustee, the Certificateholders, any Enhancement
Provider or any other Person for any action taken or for refraining from the
taking of any action in its capacity as Transferor pursuant to this Agreement
or
any Supplement whether arising from express or implied duties under this
Agreement or any Supplement; provided, however, that this
provision shall not protect the Transferor against any liability which would
otherwise be imposed by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross
negligence in the performance of duties or by reason of reckless disregard
of
obligations and duties hereunder. The Transferor and any officer,
employee or agent may rely in good faith on any document of any kind prima
facie properly executed and submitted by any Person respecting any matters
arising hereunder.
Section
7.04
Liabilities. By
entering into this Agreement, the Transferor agrees to be liable, directly
to
the injured party, for the entire amount of any losses, claims, damages or
liabilities (other than those incurred by an Investor Certificateholder as
a
result of defaults in payment of the Receivables) arising out of or based on
the
arrangement created by this Agreement and the actions of the Servicer taken
pursuant hereto as though this Agreement created a partnership under the New
York Uniform Partnership Act in which the Transferor is a
partner. The Transferor agrees to pay, indemnify and hold harmless
each Investor Certificateholder against and from any and all such losses,
claims, damages and liabilities except to the extent that they arise from any
action by such Investor Certificateholder. In the event of a service
transfer, the Successor Servicer will indemnify and hold harmless the Transferor
against and from any losses, claims, damages and liabilities of the Transferor
as described in this Section arising from the actions or omissions of such
Successor Servicer.
[End
of Article VII]
65
ARTICLE
VIII
OTHER
MATTERS RELATING
TO
THE SERVICER
Section
8.01 Liability
of the
Servicer. The
Servicer shall be liable in accordance herewith only to the extent of the
obligations specifically undertaken by the Servicer in such capacity
herein.
Section
8.02
Merger or Consolidation
of, or
Assumption of the Obligations of, the Servicer. The
Servicer shall not consolidate with or merge into any other corporation or
convey or transfer its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to
any
Person, unless:
(i) the
corporation formed by such
consolidation or into which the Servicer is merged or the Person which acquires
by conveyance or transfer the properties and assets of the Servicer
substantially as an entirety shall be a corporation organized and existing under
the laws of the
United States of America or any state or the District of Columbia, and shall
be
a state or
national banking association or other
entity which is not subject to the bankruptcy laws of the United States of
America or shall be a
special purpose entity whose powers and activities are limited and, if the
Servicer is not the surviving entity, shall expressly assume, by an agreement
supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee in form satisfactory
to the Trustee,
the performance of every covenant and
obligation of the Servicer hereunder (to the extent that any right, covenant
or
obligation of the Servicer, as applicable hereunder, is inapplicable to the
successor entity, such successor entity shall be subject to such
covenant or obligation, or benefit
from such right, as would apply, to the extent practicable, to such successor
entity);
(ii) the
Servicer shall have delivered to the
Trustee an Officer’s
Certificate that such consolidation,
merger, conveyance or transfer and such supplemental
agreement comply
with this Section 8.02 and that all conditions precedent herein provided for
relating to such transaction have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel
that such supplemental agreement is legal, valid and binding
with respect to the Servicer;
and
(iii) the
Servicer shall have delivered notice
to the Rating Agency of such consolidation, merger, conveyance or
transfer.
Section
8.03
Limitation on Liability
of the
Servicer and Others. The
directors, officers, employees or agents of the Servicer shall not be under
any
liability to the Trust, the Trustee, the Certificateholders, any Enhancement
Provider or any other Person hereunder or pursuant to any document delivered
hereunder, it being expressly understood that all such liability is expressly
waived and released as a condition of, and as consideration for, the execution
of this Agreement and any Supplement and the issuance of the Certificates;
provided, however, that this provision shall not protect the
directors, officers, employees and agents of the
66
Servicer
against any liability which would otherwise be imposed by reason of willful
misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of duties or
by
reason of reckless disregard of obligations and duties
hereunder. Except as provided in Section 8.04 with respect to the
Trust and the Trustee, its officers, directors, employees and agents, the
Servicer shall not be under any liability to the Trust, the Trustee, its
officers, directors, employees and agents, the Certificateholders or any other
Person for any action taken or for refraining from the taking of any action
in
its capacity as Servicer pursuant to this Agreement or any Supplement;
provided, however, that this provision shall not protect the
Servicer against any liability which would otherwise be imposed by reason of
willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of duties
or by reason of its reckless disregard of its obligations and duties hereunder
or under any Supplement. The Servicer may rely in good faith on any
document of any kind prima facie properly executed and submitted by any
Person respecting any matters arising hereunder. The Servicer shall
not be under any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any legal action
which is not incidental to its duties to service the Receivables in accordance
with this Agreement which in its reasonable opinion may involve it in any
expense or liability.
Section
8.04
Servicer Indemnification
of the
Trust and the Trustee. The
Servicer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Trust, the Investor
Certificateholders and the Trustee, its officers, directors, employees and
agents, from and against any reasonable loss, liability, expense, damage or
injury suffered or sustained by reason of any acts or omissions or alleged
acts
or omissions of the Servicer with respect to activities of the Trust or the
Trustee pursuant to this Agreement or any Supplement, or by reason of the
acceptance of this Trust by the Trustee, the issuance by the Trust of the
Certificates, any Servicer Default, any termination of the rights and
obligations of the Servicer including, but not limited to, any judgment, award,
settlement, reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs or expenses incurred in
connection with the defense of any actual or threatened action, proceeding
or
claim; provided, however, that the Servicer shall not indemnify
the Trustee or the Investor Certificateholders if such acts, omissions or
alleged acts or omissions constitute or are caused by fraud, negligence, or
willful misconduct by the Trustee; provided, further, that the
Servicer shall not indemnify the Trust, the Investor Certificateholders or
the
Certificate Owners for any liabilities, costs or expenses of the Trust with
respect to any action taken by the Trustee at the request of the Investor
Certificateholders; provided, further, that the Servicer shall not
indemnify the Trust, the Investor Certificateholders or the Certificate Owners
as to any losses, claims or damages incurred by any of them in their capacities
as investors, including without limitation losses incurred as a result of
Defaulted Accounts or Receivables which are written off as uncollectible; and
provided, further, that the Servicer shall not indemnify the
Trust, the Investor Certificateholders or the Certificate Owners for any
liabilities, costs or expenses of the Trust, the Investor Certificateholders
or
the Certificate Owners arising under any tax law, including without limitation,
any federal, state, local or foreign income or franchise taxes or any other
tax
imposed on or measured by income (or any interest or penalties with respect
thereto or arising from a failure to comply therewith) required to be paid
by
the Trust, the Investor Certificateholders or the Certificate Owners in
connection herewith to any taxing authority. Any such indemnification
shall not be payable from the assets of the Trust. The provisions of
this indemnity shall run directly to and be enforceable by an injured party
subject to the limitations hereof and shall survive the resignation or removal
of the Servicer, the resignation or removal of the Trustee and/or the
termination of the Trust.
67
Section
8.05
The Servicer Not
to
Resign. The
Servicer shall not resign from the obligations and duties hereby imposed on
it
except upon determination that (i) the performance of its duties hereunder
is no
longer permissible under applicable law and (ii) there is no reasonable action
which the Servicer could take to make the performance of its duties hereunder
permissible under applicable law. Any such determination permitting
the resignation of the Servicer shall be evidenced as to clause (i) above by
an
Opinion of Counsel to such effect delivered to the Trustee. No such
resignation shall become effective until the Trustee or a Successor Servicer
shall have assumed the responsibilities and obligations of the Servicer in
accordance with Section 10.02. If the Trustee is unable within 120
days of the date of such determination to appoint a Successor Servicer, the
Trustee shall serve as Successor Servicer hereunder (but shall have continued
authority to appoint another Person as Successor Servicer).
Section
8.06
Access to Certain
Documentation
and Information Regarding the Receivables. The
Servicer shall provide to the Trustee access to the documentation regarding
the
Accounts and the Receivables in such cases where the Trustee is required in
connection with the enforcement of the rights of the Investor
Certificateholders, or by applicable statutes or regulations, to review such
documentation, such access being afforded without charge but only (i) upon
reasonable request, (ii) during normal business hours, (iii) subject to the
Servicer’s normal security and confidentiality procedures and (iv) at offices
designated by the Servicer. Nothing in this Section 8.06 shall
derogate from the obligation of the Transferor, the Trustee or the Servicer
to
observe any applicable law prohibiting disclosure of information regarding
the
Obligors and the failure of the Servicer to provide access as provided in this
Section 8.06 as a result of such obligations shall not constitute a breach
of
this Section 8.06.
Section
8.07
Delegation of
Duties. In
the ordinary course of business, the Servicer may at any time delegate any
duties hereunder to any Person who agrees to conduct such duties in accordance
with the Credit Card Guidelines. Any such delegations shall not
relieve the Servicer of its liability and responsibility with respect to such
duties, and shall not constitute a resignation within the meaning of Section
8.05 hereof. If any such delegation is to a party other than First
Data Resources, Inc., a credit card processor located in Omaha, Nebraska, Total
Systems Services, Inc., a credit card processor located in Georgia, or an
Affiliate of the Servicer, notification thereof shall be given to each Rating
Agency.
Section
8.08
Examination of
Records. The
Servicer shall clearly and unambiguously identify each Account (including any
Additional Account designated pursuant to Section 2.06) in its computer or
other
records to reflect that the Receivables arising in such Account have been
conveyed to the Trust pursuant to this Agreement. The Servicer shall,
prior
68
to
the sale or other transfer to a third party of any receivable held in its
custody, examine its computer and other records to determine that such
receivable is not a Receivable.
[End
of Article VIII]
69
ARTICLE
IX
PAY
OUT EVENTS
Section
9.01
Pay Out
Events. If
any one of the following events (each, a “Trust Pay Out Event”) shall
occur:
(a) The
Transferor shall consent to the
appointment of a bankruptcy trustee or conservator or receiver or liquidator in any
bankruptcy,
insolvency, readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets and liabilities or
similar proceedings of or relating to all or substantially all of its property,
or a decree or order of a court or agency or supervisory authority having
jurisdiction in the premises for
the appointment of a bankruptcy trustee or conservator or receiver or liquidator
in any bankruptcy, insolvency, readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets
and
liabilities or similar proceedings, or for the winding-up
or liquidation of its affairs, shall
have been entered against the Transferor; or the Transferor shall admit in
writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, file a
petition under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization
statute, make an assignment for the
benefit of its creditors or voluntarily suspend payment of its obligations;
or
the Transferor shall become unable for any reason to transfer Receivables to
the
Trust in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement;
or
(b) The
Trust shall become subject to
regulation by the Commission as an “investment
company”
within the meaning of the Investment
Company Act;
then
a Pay Out Event with respect to all Series of Certificates shall occur without
any notice or other action on the part of the Trustee or the Investor
Certificateholders immediately upon the occurrence of such event.
Section
9.02
Additional Rights
Upon the
Occurrence of Certain Events.
(a) If
the Transferor shall consent to the
appointment of a conservator or receiver or liquidator for the winding-up
or liquidation
of its affairs, or a decree or order of a court or agency or supervisory
authority having jurisdiction in the premises for the appointment of a
conservator or receiver or liquidator for the winding-up or
liquidation of
its affairs shall have been entered
against the Transferor (an “Insolvency
Event”),
the Transferor shall on the day of
such Insolvency Event (the “Appointment
Day”)
immediately cease to transfer
Principal Receivables to the Transferor and shall promptly give notice to the Trustee
of such
Insolvency Event. Notwithstanding any cessation of the transfer to
the Trust of additional Principal Receivables, Finance Charge Receivables,
whenever created, accrued in respect of Principal Receivables which have
been
transferred to the Trust shall continue
to be a part of the Trust, and Collections with respect thereto shall continue
to be allocated and paid in accordance with Article IV. For so long
as any Series issued prior to the Amendment Closing Date remains outstanding,
within 15 days of the
Appointment Day, the Trustee shall (i) publish a notice in an Authorized
Newspaper that an Insolvency Event has occurred and that the Trustee intends
to
sell, dispose of or otherwise liquidate the Receivables in a
commercially
reasonable manner and (ii) send
written notice to the Investor Certificateholders describing the provisions
of
this Section 9.02 and requesting instructions from such Holders, which notice
shall request each Investor
70
Certificateholder
to advise the
Trustee
in writing that it elects one of
the following options: (A) the Investor Certificateholder wishes the
Trustee to instruct the Servicer not to sell, dispose of or otherwise liquidate
the Receivables, or (B) the Investor Certificateholder wishes the Trustee
to instruct the Servicer to sell,
dispose of or otherwise liquidate the Receivables and to instruct the Servicer
to reconstitute the Trust upon the same terms and conditions set forth herein,
or (C) the Investor Certificateholder refuses to advise the
Trustee as to the specific action the
Trustee shall instruct the Servicer to take. If after 60 days from
the day notice pursuant to clause (i) above is first published (the “Publication
Date”),
the Trustee shall not have received
written instructions of
Holders of Investor Certificates representing Undivided Interests aggregating
in
excess of 50% of the related Invested Amount of each Series (or in the case
of a
series having more than one class of investor certificates, each class of such
series) to the
effect that the Trustee shall not
instruct the Servicer to sell, dispose of, or otherwise liquidate the
Receivables and to instruct the Servicer to reconstitute the Trust upon the
same
terms and conditions as set forth herein, the Trustee shall instruct
the
Servicer to proceed to sell, dispose
of, or otherwise liquidate the Receivables in a commercially reasonable manner
and on commercially reasonable terms, which shall include the solicitation
of
competitive bids and the Servicer shall proceed to consummate
the sale, liquidation or disposition
of the Receivables as provided above with the highest bidder for the
Receivables. If, however, with respect to the portion of the
Receivables allocable to any outstanding Series, the Holders of more than 50%
of
the principal
amount of each class of such
Series instruct the Trustee not to sell the portion of the Receivables allocable
to such Series, the Trust shall continue with respect to such Series pursuant
to
the terms of this
Agreement and the related
Supplement. None
of the Transferor, any Affiliate of the Transferor or any agent of the
Transferor shall be permitted to purchase such Receivables in such
case. The portion of the Receivables allocable to any Series shall be
equal to the sum of (1) the product of (x)
the Transferor Percentage,
(y) the aggregate
outstanding Principal
Receivables and (z) a
fraction, the numerator of which is the related Investor Percentage of
Collections of Finance Charge Receivables and the denominator of which is the
sum of all Investor
Percentages with respect to Collections of Finance Charge Receivables for all
Series outstanding and (2) the Invested Amount of such Series. The
Trustee may obtain a prior determination from any such bankruptcy trustee,
conservator, receiver or liquidator
that the terms and manner of any
proposed sale, disposition or liquidation are commercially reasonable. The provisions of
Section 9.01 and
this
Section 9.02 shall not be deemed
to be mutually
exclusive.
(b) The
proceeds from the sale, disposition
or liquidation of the
Receivables pursuant to subsection 9.02(a) shall be treated as Collections
on
the Receivables and shall be allocated and deposited in accordance with the
provisions of Article IV; provided,
however
that the proceeds from any such sale,
disposition or liquidation
of Receivables with respect to a Series but not all of the outstanding Series
shall be applied solely to make payments to such Series; provided further,
that the Trustee shall determine
conclusively in its sole discretion the amount of such proceeds which
are allocable to
Finance Charge Receivables and the amount of such proceeds which are allocable
to Principal Receivables. Unless the Trustee receives written
instructions from Investor Certificateholders of one or more Series to
continue
the Trust with respect to such
Series as provided in
subsection 9.02(a), on the
day following the last Distribution Date in the Monthly Period during which
such
proceeds are distributed to the Investor Certificateholders of each Series,
the
Trust shall
terminate.
71
(c) The
Trustee may appoint an agent or
agents to assist with its responsibilities pursuant to this Article IX with
respect to competitive bids.
(d) The
foregoing subsections 9.02(a), (b)
and (c) shall no longer apply on and after the day following the Distribution Date
on which the
Aggregate Invested Amount plus interest accrued at the applicable Certificate
Rate through the day prior to such Distribution Date has been paid in full
with
respect to the last remaining Series that was outstanding prior to
the Amendment Closing
Date.
[End
of Article IX]
72
ARTICLE
X
SERVICER
DEFAULTS
Section
10.01
Servicer
Defaults. If
any one of the following events (a “Servicer Default”) shall occur and be
continuing:
(a) any
failure by the Servicer to make any
payment, transfer or deposit or to give instructions or
notice to the
Trustee pursuant to Article IV or to instruct the Trustee to make any required
drawing, withdrawal, or payment under any Enhancement on or before the date
occurring five Business Days after the date such payment, transfer,
deposit, withdrawal or drawing or
such instruction or notice is required to be made or given, as the case may
be,
under the terms of this Agreement;
(b) failure
on the part of the Servicer duly
to observe or perform in any respect any other covenants or agreements of the Servicer
set forth in
this Agreement, which has a material adverse effect on the Investor
Certificateholders of any Series and which continues unremedied for a period
of
60 days after the date on which written notice of such failure,
requiring
the same to be remedied, shall have
been given to the Servicer by the Trustee, or to the Servicer and the Trustee
by
the Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing Undivided Interests aggregating
not less than 50% of the Invested Amount of any Series adversely
affected thereby and continues
to materially adversely affect such Investor Certificateholders for such period;
or the Servicer shall delegate its duties under this Agreement, except as
permitted by Section 8.07;
(c) any
representation, warranty or
certification made by the
Servicer in this Agreement or in any certificate delivered pursuant to this
Agreement shall prove to have been incorrect when made, which has a material
adverse effect on the Investor Certificateholders of any Series and which
continues
to be incorrect in any material
respect for a period of 60 days after the date on which written notice of such
failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall have been given to the
Servicer by the Trustee, or to the Servicer and the Trustee by the Holders
of Investor Certificates
evidencing Undivided Interests aggregating not less than 50% of the Invested
Amount of any Series adversely affected thereby and continues to materially
adversely affect such Investor Certificateholders for such period;
or
(d) the
Servicer shall consent to the
appointment of a conservator or receiver or liquidator in any insolvency,
readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets and liabilities or similar
proceedings of or relating to the Servicer or of or relating to all or
substantially
all of its property, or a decree
or order of a court or agency or supervisory authority having jurisdiction
in
the premises for the appointment of a conservator or receiver or liquidator
in
any insolvency, readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets
and liabilities or similar
proceedings, or for the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs, shall have
been entered against the Servicer, and such decree or order shall have remained
in force undischarged or unstayed for a period of 60 days; or the
Servicer
shall admit in writing its
inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, file a petition to
take
advantage of any applicable insolvency or reorganization statute, make any
assignment for the benefit of its creditors or voluntarily suspend payment
of its
obligations;
73
then,
so long as such Servicer Default shall not have been remedied, either the
Trustee, or the Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing Undivided Interests
aggregating more than 50% of the Aggregate Invested Amount, by notice then
given
in writing to the Servicer (and to the Trustee if given by the Investor
Certificateholders) (a “Termination Notice”), may terminate all of the rights
and obligations of the Servicer as Servicer under this
Agreement. After receipt by the Servicer of such Termination Notice,
and on the date that a Successor Servicer shall have been appointed by the
Trustee pursuant to Section 10.02, all authority and power of the Servicer
under
this Agreement shall pass to and be vested in a Successor Servicer; and, without
limitation, the Trustee is hereby authorized and empowered (upon the failure
of
the Servicer to cooperate) to execute and deliver, on behalf of the Servicer,
as
attorney-in-fact or otherwise, all documents and other instruments upon the
failure of the Servicer to execute or deliver such documents or instruments,
and
to do and accomplish all other acts or things necessary or appropriate to effect
the purposes of such transfer of servicing rights and
obligations. The Servicer agrees to cooperate with the Trustee and
such Successor Servicer in effecting the termination of the responsibilities
and
rights of the Servicer to conduct servicing hereunder including, without
limitation, the transfer to such Successor Servicer of all authority of the
Servicer to service the Receivables provided for under this Agreement,
including, without limitation, all authority over all Collections which shall
on
the date of transfer be held by the Servicer for deposit, or which have been
deposited by the Servicer, in the Collection Account, the Finance Charge Account
or the Principal Account and any Series Account, or which shall thereafter
be
received with respect to the Receivables, and in assisting the Successor
Servicer and in enforcing all rights to Insurance Proceeds and Interchange
(if
any) applicable to the Trust. The Servicer shall promptly transfer
its electronic records or electronic copies thereof relating to the Receivables
to the Successor Servicer in such electronic form as the Successor Servicer
may
reasonably request and shall promptly transfer to the Successor Servicer all
other records, correspondence and documents necessary for the continued
servicing of the Receivables in the manner and at such times as the Successor
Servicer shall reasonably request. To the extent that compliance with
this Section 10.01 shall require the Servicer to disclose to the Successor
Servicer information of any kind which the Servicer reasonably deems to be
confidential, the Successor Servicer shall be required to enter into such
customary licensing and confidentiality agreements as the Servicer shall deem
necessary to protect its interests. The Servicer shall, on the date
of any servicing transfer, transfer all of its rights and obligations under
the
Enhancement with respect to any Series to the Successor Servicer.
Notwithstanding
the foregoing, a delay in or failure of performance referred to in subsection
10.01(a) for a period of 10 Business Days or under subsection 10.01(b) or (c)
for a period of 60 Business Days, shall not constitute a Servicer Default if
such delay or failure could not be prevented by the exercise of reasonable
diligence by the Servicer and such delay or failure was caused by an act of
God
or the public enemy, acts of declared or undeclared war, public disorder,
rebellion, riot or sabotage, epidemics, landslides, lightning, fire, hurricanes,
tornadoes, earthquakes, nuclear disasters or meltdowns, floods, power outages
or
similar causes. The preceding sentence shall not relieve the Servicer
from using its best efforts to perform its obligations in a timely manner in
accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Servicer shall provide
the
Trustee, any Enhancement Provider, the Transferor and the Holders of Investor
Certificates with an Officer’s Certificate giving prompt notice of such failure
or delay by it, together with a description of the cause of such failure or
delay and its efforts so to perform its obligations.
74
Section
10.02
Trustee to Act; Appointment
of
Successor.
(a) On
and after the receipt by the Servicer
of a Termination Notice
pursuant to Section 10.01, the Servicer shall continue to perform all servicing
functions under this Agreement until the date specified in the Termination
Notice or otherwise specified by the Trustee in writing or, if no such date
is
specified in such Termination Notice,
or otherwise specified by the Trustee, until a date mutually agreed upon by
the
Servicer and the
Trustee. The
Trustee shall notify each Rating Agency of such removal of the
Servicer. The Trustee shall, as promptly as possible after the
giving of a
Termination Notice,
appoint a successor servicer (the
“Successor
Servicer”),
and such Successor Servicer shall
accept its appointment by a written assumption in a form acceptable to the
Trustee. The Trustee may obtain bids from any potential
successor
Servicer. If the Trustee is unable to obtain any bids from any
potential successor Servicer and the Servicer delivers an Officer’s
Certificate to the effect that it
cannot in good faith cure the Servicer Default which gave rise to a transfer of
servicing, and if
the Trustee is legally unable to act as Successor Servicer, then the Trustee
shall notify each Enhancement Provider of the proposed sale of the Receivables
and shall provide each such Enhancement Provider an opportunity
to bid on the
Receivables. None of the Transferor, any Affiliate of the Transferor
or any agent of the Transferor shall be permitted to purchase such Receivables
in such case. The proceeds of such sale shall be deposited
into
the Distribution Account or any Series Account,
as provided in
the related Supplement, for distribution to the Investor Certificateholders
of
each Outstanding Series pursuant to Section 12.03 of this
Agreement. In the event that a Successor Servicer has not been
appointed and has
not accepted its appointment at the
time when the Servicer ceases to act as Servicer, the Trustee without further
action shall automatically be appointed the Successor Servicer (but shall have
continued authority to appoint another Person as Successor Servicer). Notwithstanding
the
above, the Trustee shall, if it is legally unable to act, petition a court
of
competent jurisdiction to appoint any established financial institution having,
in the case of an entity that is subject to risk-based capital adequacy
requirements, risk-based capital of
at least $50,000,000 or, in the case of an entity that is not subject to
risk-based capital requirements, having a net worth of not less than $50,000,000
and whose regular business includes the servicing of VISA®
or MasterCard®
credit card receivables as the
Successor Servicer hereunder.
(b) Upon
its appointment, the Successor
Servicer shall be the successor in all respects to the Servicer with respect
to
servicing functions under this Agreement and shall be subject to all the responsibilities,
duties and
liabilities relating thereto placed on the Servicer by the terms and provisions
hereof, and all references in this Agreement to the Servicer shall be deemed
to
refer to the Successor Servicer. Any Successor Servicer, by
its
acceptance of its appointment, will
automatically agree to be bound by the terms and provisions of each
Enhancement.
(c) In
connection with such appointment and
assumption, the Trustee shall be entitled to such compensation, or may make
such
arrangements for the
compensation of the Successor Servicer out of Collections, as it and such
Successor Servicer shall agree; provided,
however,
that no such compensation shall be in
excess of the Monthly Servicing Fee permitted to the Servicer pursuant to
Section 3.02. The Transferor agrees
that
if the Servicer is terminated hereunder, it will agree to deposit a portion
of
the Collections in respect of Finance Charge
75
Receivables
that it is entitled to
receive pursuant to Article IV to pay its share of the compensation of
the Successor
Servicer.
(d) All
authority and power granted to the
Successor Servicer under this Agreement shall automatically cease and terminate
upon termination of the Trust pursuant to Section 12.01 and shall pass to and
be
vested in the Transferor or its designee and, without
limitation, the
Transferor is hereby authorized and empowered to execute and deliver, on behalf
of the Successor Servicer, as attorney-in-fact or otherwise, all documents
and
other instruments, and to do and accomplish all other acts
or things necessary or appropriate to
effect the purposes of such transfer of servicing rights. The
Successor Servicer agrees to cooperate with the Transferor (or its designee)
in
effecting the termination of the responsibilities and rights of the
Successor
Servicer to conduct servicing on
the Receivables. The Successor Servicer shall transfer its electronic
records relating to the Receivables to the Transferor (or its designee) in
such
electronic form as the Transferor (or such designee) may reasonably
request and shall transfer all other
records, correspondence and documents to the Transferor (or its designee) in
the
manner and at such times as the Transferor (or such designee) shall reasonably
request. To the extent that compliance with this Section
10.02 shall require the Successor
Servicer to disclose to the Transferor (or its designee) information of any
kind
which the Successor Servicer deems to be confidential, the Transferor (or such
designee) shall be required to enter into such customary licensing
and confidentiality agreements as
the Successor Servicer shall deem necessary to protect its
interests.
Section
10.03
Notification to
Certificateholders. Within
two Business Days after the Servicer becomes aware of any Servicer Default,
the
Servicer shall give prompt written notice thereof to the Trustee and any
Enhancement Provider and the Trustee shall give notice to the Investor
Certificateholders at their respective addresses appearing in the Certificate
Register. Upon any termination or appointment of a Successor Servicer
pursuant to this Article X, the Trustee shall give prompt written notice thereof
to Investor Certificateholders at their respective addresses appearing in the
Certificate Register.
Section
10.04
Waiver of Past
Defaults. The
Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing Undivided Interests aggregating
more
than 66⅔% of the Invested Amount of each Series adversely affected by any
default by the Servicer or the Transferor may, on behalf of all
Certificateholders of such Series, waive any default by the Servicer or the
Transferor in the performance of its obligations hereunder and its consequences,
except a default in the failure to make any required deposits or payments of
interest or principal relating to such Series pursuant to Article IV which
default does not result from the failure of the Paying Agent to perform its
obligations to make any required deposits or payments of interest and principal
in accordance with Article IV. Upon any such waiver of a past
default, such default shall cease to exist, and any default arising therefrom
shall be deemed to have been remedied for every purpose of this
Agreement. No such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other
default or impair any right consequent thereon except to the extent expressly so
waived.
[End
of Article X]
76
ARTICLE
XI
THE
TRUSTEE
Section
11.01
Duties of Trustee.
(a) The
Trustee, prior to the occurrence of
any Servicer Default and after the curing of all Servicer Defaults which may
have occurred, undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are
specifically set forth in this Agreement. If a Responsible Officer has received
written
notice that a Servicer Default has occurred (and such Servicer Default has
not
been cured or waived), the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers
vested in it by this Agreement, and use the same degree of care
and skill in its exercise, as a
prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct
of
such person’s
own affairs; provided,
however,
that if the Trustee shall assume the
duties of the Servicer pursuant to Section 8.05 or 10.02, the Trustee in performing
such duties
shall use the degree of skill and attention customarily exercised by a Servicer
with respect to comparable receivables that it services for itself or
others.
(b) The
Trustee, upon receipt of all
resolutions, certificates, statements, opinions,
reports,
documents, orders or other instruments furnished to the Trustee which are
specifically required to be furnished pursuant to any provision of this
Agreement, shall examine them to determine whether they substantially conform
to
the requirements of this
Agreement.
(c) Subject
to subsection 11.01(a), no
provision of this Agreement shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from
liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or
its
own misconduct; provided,
however,
that:
(i) the
Trustee shall not be personally
liable for an error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer
or
Responsible Officers of the Trustee, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee
was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;
(ii) the
Trustee shall not be personally
liable with respect to any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by
it
in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of Investor
Certificates evidencing Undivided Interests aggregating more than 50% of the Invested
Amount of any
Series relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding
for
any remedy available to the Trustee with respect to such Series, or exercising
any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee with respect to such
Series, under this Agreement;
and
(iii) the
Trustee shall not be charged with
knowledge of any failure by the Servicer referred to in clauses (a) and (b)
of
Section 10.01 or of any breach by the Servicer contemplated by clause (c) of
Section 10.01 or any Pay
Out Event unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee obtains actual knowledge
of such failure, breach or Pay Out Event or the Trustee receives written notice
of such failure, breach or Pay Out Event from the Servicer or any Holders of
Investor Certificates
evidencing
Undivided
77
Interests
aggregating not less than 10%
of the Invested Amount of any Series adversely affected
thereby.
(d) The
Trustee shall not be required to
expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the
performance of any of its
duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if there
is
reasonable ground for believing that the repayment of such funds or adequate
indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it, and
none of the
provisions contained in this
Agreement shall in any event require the Trustee to perform, or be responsible
for the manner of performance of, any of the obligations of the Servicer under
this Agreement except during such time, if any, as the Trustee shall
be the successor to, and be vested
with the rights, duties, powers and privileges of, the Servicer in accordance
with the terms of this Agreement.
(e) Except
for actions expressly authorized
by this Agreement, the Trustee shall take no action reasonably likely to impair the interests
of the
Trust in any Receivable now existing or hereafter created or to impair the
value
of any Receivable now existing or hereafter created.
(f) Except
as provided in this subsection
11.01(f), the Trustee shall have no power to vary the corpus of the Trust
including,
without limitation, the power to (i) accept any substitute obligation for a
Receivable initially assigned to the Trust under Section 2.01 or 2.06 hereof,
(ii) add any other investment, obligation or security to the Trust,
except for an addition permitted
under Section 2.06 or (iii) withdraw from the Trust any Receivables, except
for
a withdrawal permitted under Sections 2.07, 9.02, 10.02, 12.01 or 12.02
or subsections 2.04(d)
or 2.04(e) or Article
IV.
(g) In
the event that the Paying Agent or the
Transfer Agent
and Registrar shall fail to perform any obligation, duty or agreement in the
manner or on the day required to be performed by the Paying Agent or the
Transfer Agent and Registrar, as the case may be, under this Agreement,
the Trustee shall be obligated
promptly upon its knowledge thereof by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee
to
perform such obligation, duty or agreement in the manner so
required.
(h) If
the Transferor has agreed to transfer
any of its credit card receivables (other than the Receivables)
to
another Person, upon the written request of the Transferor, the Trustee will
enter into such intercreditor agreements with the transferee of such receivables
as are customary and necessary to identify separately the rights,
if any, of the Trust and such other
Person in the Transferor’s
credit card receivables; provided, that
the Trust shall not be required to
enter into any intercreditor agreement which could adversely affect the
interests of the Certificateholders or the Trustee and, upon the
request of the
Trustee, the Transferor will deliver an Opinion of Counsel on any matters
relating to such intercreditor agreement, reasonably requested by the
Trustee.
Section
11.02
Certain Matters Affecting
the
Trustee. Except
as otherwise provided in Section 11.01:
78
(a) the
Trustee may rely on and shall be
protected in acting on, or in refraining from acting in accord with, any
assignment of Receivables in Additional Accounts, the initial report, the
monthly Servicer’s
certificate, the annual
Servicer’s
certificate, the monthly payment
instructions and notification to the Trustee, the monthly
Certificateholders’
statement, any resolution,
Officer’s
Certificate, certificate of auditors
or any other certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent,
order,
appraisal, bond or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and
to
have been signed or presented to it pursuant to this Agreement by the proper
party or parties;
(b) the
Trustee may consult with counsel,
and any Opinion of Counsel
shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action
taken or suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance
with such Opinion of Counsel;
(c) the
Trustee shall be under no obligation
to exercise any of the
rights or powers vested in it by this Agreement or any Enhancement, or to
institute, conduct or defend any litigation hereunder or in relation hereto,
at
the request, order or direction of any of the Certificateholders or any
Enhancement Provider,
pursuant to the provisions of this
Agreement, unless such Certificateholders or Enhancement Provider shall have
offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs,
expenses and liabilities which may be incurred therein or thereby;
nothing contained herein shall,
however, relieve the Trustee of the obligations, upon the occurrence of any
Servicer Default (which has not been cured or waived), to exercise such of
the
rights and powers vested in it by this Agreement and any Enhancement,
and to use the same degree of care
and skill in its exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the
circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs;
(d) the
Trustee shall not be personally
liable for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in good faith and believed
by it to be
authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by
this Agreement;
(e) the
Trustee shall not be bound to make
any investigation into the facts of matters stated in any assignment of
Receivables in Additional
Accounts, the initial report, the monthly Servicer’s
certificate, the annual
Servicer’s
certificate, the monthly payment
instructions and notification to the Trustee, the monthly
Certificateholders’
statement, any resolution, certificate,
statement, instrument,
opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond or other paper
or document, unless requested in writing so to do by Holders of Investor
Certificates evidencing Undivided Interests aggregating more than 50% of the
Invested
Amount of any Series which could be
adversely affected if the Trustee does not perform such
acts;
(f) the
Trustee may execute any of the
trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly
or by
or through agents or attorneys or a custodian, and the Trustee
shall not be
responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent,
attorney or custodian appointed with due care by it
hereunder;
(g) except
as may be required by subsection
11.01(a), the Trustee shall not be required to make any initial
or periodic
examination of any documents or records related to the Receivables or the
Accounts for the purpose of establishing the presence or absence
of
79
defects,
the compliance by the
Transferor with its representations and warranties
or for any other purpose;
and
(h) whenever
in the administration of this
Agreement the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or
established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the
Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed)
may, in
the absence of bad faith on its part, rely upon an Officer’s
Certificate.
Section
11.03
Trustee Not Liable
for Recitals
in Certificates. The
Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness of the recitals contained
herein and in the Certificates (other than the certificate of authentication
on
the Certificates). Except as set forth in Section 11.15, the Trustee
makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Agreement
or
of the Certificates (other than the certificate of authentication on the
Certificates) or of any Receivable or related document. The Trustee
shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Transferor of any
of
the Certificates or of the proceeds of such Certificates, or for the use or
application of any funds paid to the Transferor in respect of the Receivables
or
deposited in or withdrawn from the Collection Account, the Principal Account
or
the Finance Charge Account or any Series Account or other accounts now or
hereafter established to effectuate the transactions contemplated herein and
in
accordance with the terms hereof.
Section
11.04
Trustee May Own
Certificates. The
Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee
of Investor Certificates with the same rights as it would have if it were not
the Trustee.
Section
11.05
The Servicer to Pay
Trustee’s
Fees and
Expenses. The
Servicer covenants and agrees to pay to the Trustee from time to time, and
the
Trustee shall be entitled to receive, reasonable compensation (which shall
not
be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee
of
an express trust) for all services rendered by the Trustee in the execution
of
the Trust hereby created and in the exercise and performance of any of the
powers and duties hereunder of the Trustee, and, subject to Section 8.04, the
Servicer will pay or reimburse the Trustee (without reimbursement from any
Investor Account, any Series Account or otherwise) upon its request for all
reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee
in accordance with any of the provisions of this Agreement (including the
reasonable fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) except any such expense,
disbursement or advance as may arise from its own negligence or bad faith and
except as provided in the following sentence. If the Trustee is
appointed Successor Servicer pursuant to Section 10.02, the provisions of this
Section 11.05 shall not apply to expenses, disbursements and advances made
or
incurred by the Trustee in its capacity as Successor Servicer (which shall
be
covered out of the Monthly Servicing Fee).
The
obligations of the Servicer under this Section 11.05 shall survive the
termination of the Trust and the resignation or removal of the
Trustee.
Section
11.06
Eligibility
Requirements for
Trustee. The
Trustee hereunder shall at all times be a corporation organized and doing
business under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof
authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having a
long-term unsecured debt rating of at least “Baa3” by Xxxxx’x and “BBB-”
by
80
Standard
& Poor’s, having, in the case of an entity that is subject to risk-based
capital adequacy requirements, risk-based capital of at least $50,000,000 or,
in
the case of an entity that is not subject to risk-based capital adequacy
requirements, having a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000
and
subject to supervision or examination by federal or state
authority. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at
least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the aforesaid
supervising or examining authority, then for the purpose of this Section 11.06,
the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be
its
combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition
so published. In case at any time the Trustee shall cease to be
eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11.06, the Trustee
shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in Section
11.07.
Section
11.07
Resignation or Removal
of
Trustee.
(a) The
Trustee may at any time resign and
be discharged from the Trust hereby created by giving written notice thereof
to
the Servicer. Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the Servicer shall promptly
appoint a
successor trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, one copy of which
instrument shall be delivered to the resigning Trustee and one copy to the
successor trustee. If no successor trustee shall have been so
appointed
and have accepted such appointment
within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning
Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment
of
a successor trustee.
(b) If
at any time the Trustee shall cease
to be eligible in
accordance with the provisions of Section 11.06 hereof and shall fail to resign
after written request therefor by the Transferor, or if at any time the Trustee
shall be legally unable to act, or shall be adjudged as bankrupt or
insolvent, or
a receiver of the Trustee or of its
property shall be appointed, or any public officer shall take charge or control
of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation,
conservation or liquidation, then the Transferor may, but
shall not be required to, remove the
Trustee and promptly appoint a successor trustee by written instrument, in
duplicate, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the Trustee so
removed and one copy to the successor trustee.
(c) Any
resignation or removal of the Trustee
and appointment
of a successor trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section 11.07
shall not become effective until acceptance of appointment by the successor
trustee as provided in Section 11.08 hereof and any liability of
the Trustee arising hereunder shall
survive such appointment of a successor trustee.
Section
11.08
Successor
Trustee.
(a) Any
successor trustee appointed as
provided in Section 11.07 hereof shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to
the
Transferor and to its predecessor Trustee an instrument
accepting such
appointment hereunder, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the
predecessor Trustee shall become effective and such successor trustee, without
any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become fully vested with all
the rights, powers, duties and
obligations of its predecessor hereunder, with the like effect as if originally
named as Trustee
81
herein. The
predecessor
Trustee shall deliver to the successor trustee all documents and statements
held
by it hereunder, and
the Transferor and the predecessor
Trustee shall execute and deliver such instruments and do such other things
as
may reasonably be required for fully and certainly vesting and confirming in
the
successor trustee all such rights, powers, duties and obligations.
(b) No
successor trustee shall accept
appointment as provided in this Section 11.08 unless at the time of such
acceptance such successor trustee shall be eligible under the provisions of
Section 11.06 hereof.
(c) Upon
acceptance of appointment by a
successor trustee as
provided in this Section 11.08, such successor trustee shall mail notice of
such
succession hereunder to all Certificateholders at their respective addresses
as shown in the Certificate
Register.
Section
11.09
Merger or Consolidation
of
Trustee. Any
Person into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may
be
consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, conversion or
consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any Person succeeding
to
the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the
Trustee hereunder, provided such corporation shall be eligible under the
provisions of Section 11.06 hereof, without the execution or filing of any
paper
or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, anything herein
to
the contrary notwithstanding.
Section
11.10
Appointment of Co-Trustee
or
Separate Trustee.
(a) Notwithstanding
any other provisions of
this Agreement, at any time, for the purpose of meeting any legal requirements
of any jurisdiction in which any part of the Trust may at
the time be
located, the Trustee shall have the power and may execute and deliver all
instruments, subject to the prior written notice to
the Transferor,
to appoint one or more Persons to act
as a co-trustee or co-trustees, or separate trustee or separate
trustees, of all
or any part of the Trust, and to vest in such Person or Persons, in such
capacity and for the benefit of the Certificateholders, such title
to the
Trust, or any part thereof,
and, subject to the other provisions of this Section 11.10, such
powers, duties,
obligations, rights and trusts as the Trustee may consider necessary or
desirable; provided,
however,
that such appointed co-trustee
or separate
trustee agrees to comply
with the terms of this Agreement, including the requirement to provide
an assessment
pursuant to Section 14.04 hereof. No co-trustee or separate
trustee
hereunder shall be required to meet the terms of eligibility as a successor
trustee under Section 11.06 and no notice to Certificateholders of the
appointment of any
co-trustee or separate trustee shall be required under Section 11.08
hereof.
(b) Every
separate trustee and co-trustee
shall, to the extent permitted by law, be appointed and act subject to the
following provisions and conditions:
(i) all
rights, powers, duties and obligations
conferred or imposed upon the Trustee shall be conferred or imposed upon and
exercised or performed by the Trustee and such separate trustee or co-trustee
jointly (it being understood that such separate trustee or co-trustee
is not authorized to act separately
without the Trustee joining in such act), except to the extent that under any
laws of any jurisdiction in which
82
any
particular act or acts are to be
performed (whether as Trustee hereunder or as successor to the
Servicer
hereunder), the Trustee shall be
incompetent or unqualified to perform such act or acts, in which event such
rights, powers, duties and obligations (including the holding of title to the
Trust or any portion thereof in any such jurisdiction) shall be exercised
and performed singly by such
separate trustee or co-trustee, but solely at the direction of the
Trustee;
(ii) no
trustee hereunder shall be personally
liable by reason of any act or omission of any other trustee hereunder;
and
(iii) the
Trustee may at any time accept the resignation
of or remove any
separate trustee or co-trustee.
(c) Any
notice, request or other writing
given to the Trustee shall be deemed to have been given to each of the then
separate trustees and co-trustees, as effectively as if given to each
of them. Every
instrument appointing any separate trustee or co-trustee shall refer to this
Agreement and the conditions of this Article XI. Each separate
trustee and co-trustee, upon its acceptance of the trusts conferred, shall
be
vested with the estates
or property specified in its
instrument of appointment, either jointly with the Trustee or separately, as
may
be provided therein, subject to all the provisions of this Agreement,
specifically including every provision of this Agreement relating to
the conduct
of, affecting the liability of,
or affording protection to, the Trustee. Every such instrument shall
be filed with the Trustee and a copy thereof given to the
Servicer.
(d) Any
separate trustee or co-trustee may
at any time constitute the Trustee as its agent or attorney-in-fact
with full
power and authority, to the extent not prohibited by law, to do any lawful
act
under or in respect of
this Agreement on its behalf and in its
name. If any separate trustee or co-trustee shall die, become
incapable of acting, resign
or be removed, all of its estates, properties, rights, remedies and trusts
shall
vest in and be exercised by the Trustee, to the extent permitted by law, without
the appointment of a new or successor trustee.
Section
11.11
Tax
Returns. In
the event the Trust shall be required to file tax returns, the Servicer shall
at
its expense prepare or cause to be prepared any tax returns required to be
filed
by the Trust and, to the extent possible, shall remit such returns to the
Trustee for signature at least five days before such returns are due to be
filed. The Trustee is hereby authorized to sign any such return on
behalf of the Trust. The Servicer shall prepare or shall cause to be
prepared all tax information required by law to be distributed to
Certificateholders and shall deliver such information to the Trustee at least
five days prior to the date it is required by law to be distributed to
Certificateholders. The Trustee, upon request, will furnish the
Servicer with all such information known to the Trustee as may be reasonably
required in connection with the preparation of all tax returns of the Trust
and
shall, upon request, execute such return. In no event shall the
Trustee or the Servicer be liable for any liabilities, costs or expenses of
the
Trust, the Investor Certificateholders or the Certificate Owners arising under
any tax law, including without limitation federal, state, local or foreign
income or excise taxes or any other tax imposed on or measured by income (or
any
interest or penalty with respect thereto or arising from a failure to comply
therewith).
83
Section
11.12
Trustee May Enforce
Claims
Without Possession of Certificates. All
rights of action and claims under this Agreement or any Series of Certificates
may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any
of
the Certificates or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto,
and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own
name as trustee. Any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for
the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances
of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of any Series
of Certificateholders in respect of which such judgment has been
obtained.
Section
11.13
Suits for Enforcement. If
a Servicer Default shall occur and be continuing, the Trustee, in its discretion
may, subject to the provisions of Section 10.01, proceed to protect and enforce
its rights and the rights of any Series of Certificateholders under this
Agreement by a suit, action or proceeding in equity or at law or otherwise,
whether for the specific performance of any covenant or agreement contained
in
this Agreement or in aid of the execution of any power granted in this Agreement
or for the enforcement of any other legal, equitable or other remedy as the
Trustee, being advised by counsel, shall deem most effectual to protect and
enforce any of the rights of the Trustee or any Series of
Certificateholders.
Section
11.14
Rights of Certificateholders
to
Direct Trustee. Holders
of Investor Certificates evidencing Undivided Interests aggregating more than
50% of the Aggregate Invested Amount (or, with respect to any remedy, trust
or
power that does not relate to all Series, 50% of the aggregate Invested Amount
of the Investor Certificates of all Series to which such remedy, trust or power
relates) shall have the right to direct the time, method, and place of
conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising
any trust or power conferred on the Trustee; provided, however,
that, subject to Section 11.01, the Trustee shall have the right to decline
to
follow any such direction if the Trustee being advised by counsel determines
that the action so directed may not lawfully be taken, or if the Trustee in
good
faith shall, by a Responsible Officer or Responsible Officers of the Trustee,
determine that the proceedings so directed would be illegal or involve it in
personal liability or be unduly prejudicial to the rights of Certificateholders
not parties to such direction; and provided,
further, that nothing in this Agreement shall impair the
right of the Trustee to take any action deemed proper by the Trustee and which
is not inconsistent with such direction of such Holders of Investor
Certificates.
Section
11.15
Representations
and Warranties of
Trustee. The
Trustee represents and warrants that:
(i) the
Trustee is a Delaware banking
corporation organized, existing and authorized to engage in the business of
banking under the laws of the United States of America;
(ii) the
Trustee has full power, authority
and right to
execute, deliver and perform this Agreement, and has taken all necessary action
to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by it of this Agreement;
and
(iii) this
Agreement has been duly executed
and delivered by the
Trustee.
84
Section
11.16
Maintenance of Office
or
Agency. The
Trustee will maintain at its expense an office or offices, or agency or
agencies, where notices and demands to or upon the Trustee in respect of the
Certificates and this Agreement may be served. The Trustee initially
appoints its Corporate Trust Office as its office for such purposes. The Trustee
will give prompt written notice to the Servicer and to Certificateholders (or
in
the case of Holders of Bearer Certificates, in the manner provided for in the
related Supplement) of any change in the location of the Certificate Register
or
any such office or agency.
[End
of Article XI]
85
ARTICLE
XII
TERMINATION
Section
12.01
Termination of
Trust.
(a) The
respective obligations and
responsibilities of the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee created hereby (other
than the
obligation of the Trustee to make payments to Certificateholders as hereinafter
set forth) shall terminate, except with respect to the duties described in
Sections
8.04 and 11.05 and
subsections
2.04(c) and 12.03(b), on the Trust Termination
Date; provided,
however,
that the Trust shall not terminate on
the date specified in clause (i) of the definition of “Trust
Termination Date”
if each of the Servicer and the Holder
of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate notify the Trustee in writing, not
later than five
Business Days preceding such date, that they desire that the Trust not terminate
on such date, which notice (such notice, a “Trust
Extension”)
shall specify the date on which the
Trust shall terminate (such date, the “Extended
Trust Termination
Date”);
provided,
however,
that the Extended Trust Termination
Date shall be not later than August 1, 2032. The Servicer and the
Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate may, on any date following
the
Trust Extension, so long as
no Series of Certificates is outstanding, deliver a notice in writing to the
Trustee changing the Extended Trust Termination Date.
(b) In
the event that (i) the Trust has not
terminated by the last Distribution Date occurring in the second month
preceding the Trust
Termination Date, and (ii) the Invested Amount of any Series (after giving
effect to all transfers, withdrawals, deposits and drawings to occur on such
date and the payment of principal on any Series of Certificates to be made
on
the related
Distribution Date during such month
pursuant to Article IV) would be greater than zero, the Servicer shall sell
within 30 days after such Transfer Date all the Receivables. The
Servicer shall notify each Enhancement Provider of the proposed sale of
the
Receivables and shall provide each
Enhancement Provider an opportunity to bid on the Receivables. None
of the Transferor, any Affiliate of the Transferor or any agent of the
Transferor shall be permitted to purchase such Receivables in such
case. The proceeds
of any such sale shall be
treated as Collections on the Receivables and shall be allocated and deposited
in accordance with Article IV; provided,
however,
that the Trustee shall determine
conclusively in its sole discretion the amount of such proceeds which are allocable
to Finance
Charge Receivables and the amount of such proceeds which are allocable to
Principal Receivables. During such thirty-day period, the Servicer
shall continue to collect payments on the Receivables and allocate and
deposit such
payments in accordance with the
provisions of Article IV.
(c) All
principal or interest with respect
to any
Series of Investor Certificates shall
be due and payable no later than the Series Termination Date with respect to
such Series. Unless otherwise provided in a Supplement,
in the event
that the Invested Amount of any Series of Certificates is greater than zero
on
its Series Termination Date, after giving effect to all transfers, withdrawals,
deposits and drawings to occur on such date and the payment
of principal to be made on such Series
on such date, the Trustee will sell or cause to be sold, and pay the proceeds
to
all Certificateholders of such Series pro rata
in final payment of all principal of
and accrued interest on such Series of Certificates, an amount of Principal
Receivables and
the
86
related
Finance Charge Receivables (or
interests therein) up to 110% of the Invested Amount of such Series at the
close
of business on such date (but not more than an amount of Receivables equal
to
the sum of (1)
the product of (A) the Transferor
Percentage, (B) the aggregate outstanding Principal Receivables and (C) a
fraction the numerator of which is the related Investor Percentage of
Collections of Finance Charge Receivables and the denominator of which is
the
sum of all Investor Percentages with
respect to Collections of Finance Charge Receivables of all Series outstanding
and (2) the Invested Amount of such Series). The Trustee shall notify
each Enhancement Provider of the proposed sale of such Receivables and
shall provide each Enhancement
Provider an opportunity to bid on such Receivables. None of the
Transferor, any Affiliate of the Transferor or any agent of the Transferor
shall
be permitted to purchase such Receivables in such case. Any proceeds
of such
sale in excess of such principal and
interest paid shall be paid to the Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor
Certificate. Upon such Series Termination Date with respect to the
applicable Series of Certificates, final payment of all amounts allocable
to
any Investor Certificates of such
Series shall be made in the manner provided in Section
12.03.
Section
12.02
Optional
Purchase.
(a) If
so provided in any Supplement, the
Transferor (so long as the Transferor is the Servicer or an Affiliate of the
Servicer) may, but shall
not be obligated to, cause a final distribution to be made in respect of the
related Series of Certificates on a Distribution Date specified in such
Supplement by depositing into the Distribution Account or the applicable Series
Account, not later than the
Transfer Date preceding such
Distribution Date, for application in accordance with Section 12.03, the amount
specified in such Supplement; provided,
however
that
if the short-term deposits or
long-term unsecured debt obligations of the Transferor (or, if neither such deposits
nor such
obligations of the Transferor are rated by Xxxxx’x,
then the short-term deposits or
long-term unsecured debt obligations of the holding company of the Transferor
so
long as such holding company is JPMorgan
Chase&
Co.)
are not rated at the time
of such purchase
of Receivables at least “P-3”
or “Baa-3,”
respectively, by Xxxxx’x,
no such event shall occur unless the
Transferor shall deliver an Opinion of Counsel or an Officer’s
Certificate reasonably acceptable to
the Trustee that such
deposit into the Distribution Account or any Series Account as provided in
the
related Supplement would not constitute a fraudulent conveyance of the
Transferor.
(b) The
amount deposited pursuant to
subsection 12.02(a) shall be paid to the Investor Certificateholders of
the related Series
pursuant to Section 12.03 on the related Distribution Date following the date
of
such deposit. All Certificates of a Series which are purchased by the
Transferor pursuant to subsection 12.02(a) shall be delivered by
the Transferor upon such purchase to,
and be canceled by, the Transfer Agent and Registrar and be disposed of in
a
manner satisfactory to the Trustee and the Transferor. The Invested
Amount of each Series which is purchased by the Transferor pursuant
to subsection
12.02(a) shall, for the
purposes of the definition of “Transferor
Interest,”
be deemed to be equal to zero on the
Distribution Date following the making of the deposit, and the Transferor
Interest shall thereupon be deemed to have been increased by the Invested Amount
of such
Series.
87
Section
12.03
Final Payment with
Respect to
any Series.
(a) Written
notice of any termination,
specifying the Distribution Date upon which the Investor Certificateholders
of
any Series may surrender their Certificates for payment of the final distribution
with respect to
such Series and cancellation, shall be given (subject to at least two Business
Days’
prior notice from the Servicer to the
Trustee) by the Trustee to Investor Certificateholders of such Series mailed
not
later than the fifth day of
the month of such final distribution (or in the manner provided by the
Supplement relating to such Series) specifying (i) the Distribution Date (which
shall be the Distribution Date in the month (x) in which the deposit is made
pursuant to subsection
2.04(e), 9.02(a), 10.02(a)
or 12.02(a)
of this Agreement or such other
section as may
be specified in the related Supplement, or (y) in which the related Series
Termination Date occurs) upon which final payment of such Investor Certificates
will be made upon
presentation and surrender of such Investor Certificates at the office or
offices therein designated (which, in the case of Bearer Certificates, shall
be
outside the United States of America), (ii) the amount of any such final payment
and (iii)
that the Record Date otherwise
applicable to such Distribution Date is not applicable, payments being made
only
upon presentation and surrender of the Investor Certificates at the office
or
offices therein specified. The Servicer’s
notice to the Trustee in accordance with the
preceding
sentence shall be
accompanied by an Officer’s
Certificate setting forth the
information specified in Article V of this Agreement covering the period during
the then current calendar year through the date of such notice and setting forth the date
of such final
distribution. The Trustee shall give such notice to the Transfer
Agent and Registrar and the Paying Agent at the time such notice is given to
such Investor
Certificateholders.
(b) Notwithstanding
the termination of the
Trust pursuant to
subsection 12.01(a) or the occurrence of the Series Termination Date with
respect to any Series, all funds then on deposit in the Finance Charge Account,
the Principal Account, the Distribution Account or any Series Account applicable
to the
related Series shall continue to be
held in trust for the benefit of the Certificateholders of the related Series
and the Paying Agent or the Trustee shall pay such funds to the
Certificateholders of the related Series upon surrender of their
Certificates
(which surrenders and payments, in the
case of Bearer Certificates, shall be made only outside the United States of
America). In the event that all of the Investor Certificateholders of
any Series shall not surrender their Certificates for cancellation within
six months after the date
specified in the above-mentioned written notice, the Trustee shall give a second
written notice (or, in the case of Bearer Certificates, publication notice)
to
the remaining Investor Certificateholders of such Series upon receipt
of the appropriate records from
the Transfer Agent and Registrar to surrender their Certificates for
cancellation and receive the final distribution with respect
thereto. If within one and one half years after the second notice
with respect to a Series,
all the Investor Certificates of
such Series shall not have been surrendered for cancellation, the Trustee may
take appropriate steps or may appoint an agent to take appropriate steps, to
contact the remaining Investor Certificateholders of such Series
concerning surrender of their
Certificates, and the cost thereof shall be paid out of the funds in the
Distribution Account or any Series Account held for the benefit of such Investor
Certificateholders. The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to
the
Transferor upon request any monies
held by them for the payment of principal or interest which remains unclaimed
for two years. After payment to the Transferor, Investor
Certificateholders entitled to the money must look to the Transferor
for
88
payment
as
general creditors unless an applicable
abandoned property law designates another Person.
(c) All
Certificates surrendered for payment
of the final distribution with respect to such Certificates and cancellation
shall be canceled by the Transfer Agent and Registrar and be disposed
of in a manner
satisfactory to the Trustee and the Transferor.
Section
12.04
Termination Rights
of Holder of
Exchangeable Transferor Certificate. Upon
the termination of the Trust pursuant to Section 12.01, and after payment of
all
amounts due hereunder on or prior to such termination and, if there is a
currently existing Exchangeable Transferor Certificate, the surrender of the
Exchangeable Transferor Certificate, the Trustee shall execute a written
reconveyance substantially in the form of Exhibit H pursuant to which it
shall reconvey to the Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate (without
recourse, representation or warranty) all right, title and interest of the
Trust
in and to the Receivables, whether then existing or thereafter created, all
moneys due or to become due with respect thereto (including all accrued interest
theretofore posted as Finance Charge Receivables) and all proceeds thereof
and
Insurance Proceeds relating thereto and Interchange (if any) allocable to the
Trust pursuant to any Supplement, except for amounts, if any, held by the
Trustee pursuant to subsection 12.03(b). The Trustee shall execute
and deliver such instruments of transfer and assignment, in each case without
recourse, as shall be reasonably requested by the Holder of the Exchangeable
Transferor Certificate to vest in such Holder all right, title and interest
which the Trust had in the Receivables (and any costs or expenses incurred
by
the Trustee in connection with such reconveyances shall be reimbursed by the
Servicer).
[End
of Article XII]
89
ARTICLE
XIII
MISCELLANEOUS
PROVISIONS
Section
13.01
Amendment.
(a) This
Agreement or any Supplement may be
amended in writing from time to time by the Servicer, the Transferor and the
Trustee, without the consent of any of Certificateholders; provided, that
such action shall not, (i) as evidenced
by an Opinion of Counsel for the Transferor addressed and delivered to the
Trustee, adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Investor
Certificateholder or (ii) as evidenced by an Officer’s
Certificate from the Transferor,
significantly change the Permitted Activities of the Trust; provided further,
that each Rating Agency shall have
notified the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee in writing that such
action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal
of the rating of
any outstanding Series or Class to which it is a Rating Agency and provided,
further,
that the Trustee may, but shall not be
obligated to, enter into any such amendment which materially affects the
Trustee’s
rights, duties or immunities
under this
Agreement or otherwise.
(b) This
Agreement or any Supplement may
also be amended in writing from time to time by the Servicer, the Transferor
and
the Trustee (x) with the consent of the Holders of Investor Certificates
evidencing Undivided
Interests aggregating not less than 66⅔% of the Invested Amount
of each
outstanding Series adversely affected by such amendment for the purpose of
adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the
provisions of this Agreement
or any Supplement or modifying
in any manner the rights of Investor Certificateholders of any Series then
issued and outstanding or (y) with the consent of the Holders of Investor
Certificates evidencing Undivided Interests aggregating more than 50%
of the Invested Amount of each
outstanding Series for the purpose of significantly changing the Permitted
Activities of the Trust if such amendment shall not, as evidenced by an
Officer’s
Certificate, adversely affect in any
material respect the interests of any Investor Certificateholder;
provided,
however,
that no such amendment shall (i)
reduce in any manner the amount of, or delay the timing of, distributions which
are required to be made on any Investor Certificates of such Series without
the
consent of each Investor
Certificateholders of such Series, (ii) change the definition of or the manner
of calculating the Invested Amount, the Investor Percentage or the Investor
Default Amount of such Series without the consent of each Investor
Certificateholder
of such Series or (iii) reduce the
aforesaid percentage required to consent to any such amendment, without the
consent of each Investor Certificateholder of all Series adversely
affected. The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into
any such
amendment which affects the
Trustee’s
rights, duties or immunities under
this Agreement or otherwise.
(c) Notwithstanding
anything in this Section
13.01 to the contrary, the Series Supplement with respect to any Series may
be
amended on the items and in accordance with the procedures
provided
in such Series Supplement.
(d) Promptly
after the execution of any such
amendment (other than an amendment pursuant to subsection 13.01(a)),
the Trustee shall furnish
notification of the substance of such amendment to each Investor Certificateholder
of each
Series adversely
90
affected
and 10 Business Days prior to
the proposed effective date for such amendment the Trustee shall furnish
notification of the substance of such amendment to each Rating Agency providing
a rating for
such Series.
(e) It
shall not be necessary for the
consent of Investor Certificateholders under this Section 13.01 to approve
the
particular form of any proposed amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such
consent shall approve the substance thereof. The manner of obtaining
such consents and
of evidencing the authorization of the execution thereof by Investor
Certificateholders shall be subject to such reasonable requirements as the
Trustee may prescribe.
(f) Any
Series Supplement executed and
delivered pursuant to
Section 6.09 and any amendments regarding the addition to or removal of
Receivables from the Trust as provided in Sections 2.06 and 2.07, executed
in
accordance with the provisions hereof, shall not be considered amendments to
this Agreement for the
purpose of subsections 13.01(a) and
(b).
(g) In
connection with any amendment, the
Trustee may request an Opinion of Counsel from the Transferor or the Servicer
to the effect that the
amendment complies with all requirements of this Agreement.
Section
13.02
Protection of Right,
Title and Interest to
Trust.
(a) The
Servicer shall cause this Agreement,
all amendments hereto and/or all financing statements and continuation
statements and any other necessary documents covering the Certificateholders
and
the Trustee’s
right, title and interest to the Trust
to be promptly
recorded, registered and filed, and at all times to be kept recorded, registered
and filed, all in such manner and in such places as may be required by law
fully
to preserve and protect the right, title and interest
of the Certificateholders or the
Trustee, as the case may be, hereunder to all property comprising the
Trust. The Servicer shall deliver to the Trustee file-stamped copies
of, or filing receipts for, any document recorded, registered or filed as
provided
above, as soon as available following
such recording, registration or filing. The Transferor shall
cooperate fully with the Servicer in connection with the obligations set forth
above and will execute any and all documents reasonably required to
fulfill the
intent of this subsection
13.02(a).
(b) Within
30 days after the Transferor
makes any change in its name, identity or corporate structure which would make
any financing statement or continuation statement filed in accordance with
subsection 13.02(a)
above materially misleading
within the meaning
of Section 9-506 of the UCC as in effect in the State of Delaware, the
Transferor shall give the Trustee notice of any such change and shall file
such
financing statements or amendments as may be necessary to continue
the perfection of the
Trust’s
security interest in the Receivables
and the proceeds thereof.
(c) Each
of the Transferor and the Servicer
will give the Trustee prompt written notice of any change in the jurisdiction
in
which it is located (as such location is determined pursuant
to Section 9-307
of the UCC), provided,
that,
as a result of such relocation, the
applicable provisions of the UCC would require the filing of any amendment
of
any previously filed financing or continuation statement or of any new
financing
statement. If
so
91
required,
each of the Transferor and the
Servicer shall file such
financing statements or amendments as may be necessary to continue the
perfection of the Trust’s
security interest in the Receivables
and the proceeds thereof.
(d) The
Transferor will deliver
to the Trustee:
(i) upon each date that any Additional Accounts are to be included in the
Accounts pursuant to Section 2.06, an Opinion of Counsel substantially in the
form of Exhibit
E; and (ii) on or
before March 31 of each year, an Opinion of Counsel,
substantially in
the form of Exhibit
F.
Section
13.03
Limitation on Rights
of
Certificateholders.
(a) The
death or incapacity of any Investor
Certificateholder shall not operate to terminate this Agreement or the Trust,
nor shall such death or incapacity entitle such
Certificateholder’s
legal representatives or heirs to
claim an accounting or to take any action or commence any proceeding in any
court for a partition
or
winding-up of the Trust,
nor otherwise affect the rights, obligations and liabilities of the parties hereto
or any of
them.
(b) No
Investor Certificateholder shall have
any right to vote (except with respect to the Investor Certificateholders as
provided in Section 13.01 hereof) or in any manner otherwise control the
operation and management of
the Trust, or the obligations of the parties hereto, nor shall anything herein
set forth, or contained in the terms of the Certificates, be construed so as
to
constitute the Certificateholders from time to time as members of an
association; nor shall any
Investor Certificateholder be under
any liability to any third person by reason of any action taken by the parties
to this Agreement pursuant to any provision hereof.
(c) No
Certificateholder shall have any
right by virtue of any provisions of this Agreement to institute any suit,
action or
proceeding in equity or at law upon or under or with respect to this Agreement,
unless such Certificateholder previously shall have given written notice to
the
Trustee, and unless the Holders of Certificates evidencing Undivided
Interests aggregating more than
50% of the Invested Amount of any Series which may be adversely affected but
for
the institution of such suit, action or proceeding, shall have made written
request upon the Trustee to institute such action, suit or proceeding
in its own name as Trustee
hereunder and shall have offered to the Trustee such reasonable indemnity as
it
may require against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred therein
or thereby, and the Trustee, for 60 days after its receipt of
such notice, request and offer of
indemnity, shall have neglected or refused to institute any such action, suit
or
proceeding; it being understood and intended, and being expressly covenanted
by
each Certificateholder with every other Certificateholder and
the Trustee, that no one or more
Certificateholders shall have the right in any manner whatever by virtue or
by
availing itself or themselves of any provisions of this Agreement to affect,
disturb or prejudice the rights of the Certificateholders of any
other of the Certificates, or to obtain
or seek to obtain priority over or preference to any other such
Certificateholder, or to enforce any right under this Agreement, except in
the
manner herein provided and for the equal, ratable and common benefit
of all
Certificateholders. For
the protection and enforcement of the provisions of this Section 13.03, each
and
every Certificateholder and the Trustee shall be entitled to such relief as
can
be given either at law or in equity.
92
Section
13.04 Governing
Law. THIS
AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF
DELAWARE WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE
OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED
IN
ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.
Section
13.05
Notices. All
demands, notices, instructions, directions and communications under this
Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if
personally delivered, mailed by registered mail, return receipt requested,
postage prepaid, sent by facsimile transmission, or sent by electronic mail
or
by such other means acceptable to the recipient (i) in the case of the
Transferor or the Servicer, to 000 Xxxxx Xxxxxx Xxxxxx, Xxxxxxxxxx, Xxxxxxxx
00000, Attention: Xxxxx X. Xxxxxx, President, telephone: (000) 000-0000, fax:
(000) 000-0000 (electronic mail: xxxxx.x.xxxxxx@xxxxx.xxx) with a
copy to JPMorgan Chase & Co., 000 Xxxx Xxxxxx, Xxxxx 00, Xxx Xxxx, Xxx Xxxx
00000, Attention: Xxxxx Xxxxxx, Vice President - Securitization, telephone:
(000) 000-0000, fax: (000) 000-0000 (electronic mail:
xxxxx.xxxxxx@xxxxxxxx.xxx), (ii) in the case of the Trustee, to the Corporate
Trust Office, Attention: Xxxxxxxx X. Xxxxx, Vice President, telephone: (000)
000-0000, fax: (000) 000-0000 (electronic mail: xxxxxx@xxxxxxxx.xxx),
(iii) in the case of the Enhancement Provider for a particular Series, to the
address, if any, specified in the Supplement relating to such Series and (iv)
in
the case of the Rating Agency for a particular Series, to the address, if any,
specified in the Supplement relating to such Series; or, as to each party,
at
such other address, facsimile number or electronic mail as shall be designated
by such party in a written notice to each other party. Unless
otherwise provided with respect to any Series in the related Supplement any
notice required or permitted to be mailed to a Certificateholder shall be given
by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at the address of such Certificateholder
as shown in the Certificate Register, or with respect to any notice required
or
permitted to be made to the Holders of Bearer Certificates, by publication
in
the manner provided in the related Supplement. If and so long as any
Series or Class is listed on the Euro MTF market of the Luxembourg Stock
Exchange and such exchange shall so require, any notice to Investor
Certificateholders shall be published in an authorized newspaper of general
circulation in Luxembourg within the time period prescribed in this
Agreement. Any notice so mailed within the time prescribed in this
Agreement shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or
not
the Certificateholder receives such notice.
Section
13.06
Severability of
Provisions. If
any one or more of the covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this
Agreement shall for any reason whatsoever be held invalid, then such covenants,
agreements, provisions or terms shall be deemed severable from the remaining
covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this Agreement and shall in no
way
affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement
or of the Certificates or rights of the Certificateholders thereof.
Section
13.07
Assignment. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained herein, except as provided in Section 8.02,
this Agreement may not be assigned by the Servicer without the prior consent
of
Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing Undivided Interests aggregating
not
less than 66 2/3% of the Invested Amount of each Series on a Series by Series
basis.
93
Section
13.08
Certificates Non-Assessable
and
Fully Paid. It
is the intention of the parties to this Agreement that the Certificateholders
shall not be personally liable for obligations of the Trust, that the Undivided
Interests represented by the Certificates shall be non-assessable for any losses
or expenses of the Trust or for any reason whatsoever, and that Certificates
upon authentication thereof by the Trustee pursuant to Sections 2.01 and 6.02
are and shall be deemed fully paid.
Section
13.09
Further
Assurances. The
Transferor and the Servicer agree to do and perform, from time to time, any
and
all acts and to execute any and all further instruments required or reasonably
requested by the Trustee more fully to effect the purposes of this Agreement,
including, without limitation, the execution of any financing statements or
continuation statements relating to the Receivables for filing under the
provisions of the UCC of any applicable jurisdiction.
Section
13.10
No Waiver; Cumulative
Remedies. No
failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Trustee,
any
Enhancement Provider or the Investor Certificateholders, any right, remedy,
power or privilege hereunder, shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall
any
single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder
preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other
right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and
privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exhaustive of any rights,
remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.
Section
13.11
Counterparts. This
Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts (and by different parties
on separate counterparts), each of which shall be an original, but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
Section
13.12
Third-Party
Beneficiaries. This
Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto,
the Certificateholders and, to the extent provided in the related Supplement,
to
the Enhancement Provider named therein, and their respective successors and
permitted assigns. Except as otherwise provided in this Article XIII,
no other Person will have any right or obligation hereunder.
Section
13.13
Actions by
Certificateholders.
(a) Wherever
in this Agreement a provision
is made that an action may be taken or a notice, demand or instruction given
by
Investor
Certificateholders, such action, notice or instruction may be taken or given
by
any Investor Certificateholder, unless such provision requires a specific
percentage of Investor Certificateholders.
(b) Any
request, demand, authorization,
direction, notice, consent,
waiver or other act by a Certificateholder shall bind such Certificateholder
and
every subsequent holder of such Certificate issued upon the registration of
transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of
anything done
or omitted to be done by the Trustee
or the Servicer in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action
is
made upon such Certificate.
Section
13.14
Rule 144A
Information. For
so long as any of the Investor Certificates of any Series or any Class are
“restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the
Securities Act, each of the Transferor, the Servicer, the Trustee and
the
94
Enhancement
Provider for such Series agree to cooperate with each other to provide to any
Investor Certificateholders of such Series or Class and to any prospective
purchaser of Certificates designated by such an Investor Certificateholder
upon
the request of such Investor Certificateholder or prospective purchaser, any
information required to be provided to such holder or prospective purchaser
to
satisfy the condition set forth in Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities
Act.
Section
13.15
Merger and
Integration. Except
as specifically stated otherwise herein, this Agreement sets forth the entire
understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and all
prior understandings, written or oral, are superseded by this
Agreement. This Agreement may not be modified, amended, waived or
supplemented except as provided herein.
Section
13.16
Heading. The
headings herein are for purposes of reference only and shall not otherwise
affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision hereof.
Section
13.17
Characterization
of the
Trust. For
purposes of SFAS 140, the parties hereto intend that the Trust shall be treated
as a “qualifying special purpose entity” as such term is used in SFAS 140 and
any successor rule thereto and its permitted activities shall be limited in
accordance with paragraph 35 thereof. If the transfer of the
Receivables to the Trustee is characterized as a loan to the Transferor secured
by Receivables, the Transferor, in such circumstances, agrees that it does
not
have the right to prepay such loan prior to the maturity date thereof under
any
circumstances and does hereby irrevocably waive and relinquish such
right.
Section
13.18
Nonpetition
Covenants. Notwithstanding
any prior termination of this Agreement, the parties hereto shall not, prior
to
the date that is one year and one day from the date on which there are no
Securities outstanding, with respect to the Trust acquiesce, petition or
otherwise invoke or cause the Trust to invoke the process of any court or
government authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against
the Trust under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law,
or
appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator
or
other similar official of the Trust or any substantial part of its property,
or
ordering the winding-up or liquidation of the affairs of the Trust.
Section
13.19
Fiscal Year.
The
fiscal year of the Trust will end on the last day of each calendar
year.
Section
13.20
Waiver of Jury
Trial. EACH
OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED
BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING
ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE CERTIFICATES OR THE
TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
[End
of Article XIII]
95
ARTICLE
XIV
COMPLIANCE
WITH REGULATION AB
Section
14.01
Intent of the Parties;
Reasonableness. The
Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee acknowledge and agree that the purpose
of this Article XIV is to facilitate compliance by the Transferor with the
provisions of Regulation AB and related rules and regulations of the
Commission. The Transferor shall not exercise its right to request
delivery of information or other performance under these provisions other than
in good faith, or for purposes other than the Transferor’s compliance with the
Securities Act, the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission
thereunder (or the provision in a private offering of disclosure comparable
to
that required under the Securities Act). Subject to Article XI, the
Trustee agrees to cooperate in good faith with any reasonable request by the
Transferor for information regarding the Trustee which is required in order
to
enable the Transferor to comply with the provisions of Regulation AB, including,
without limitation, Items 1103(a)(1), 1109(a), 1109(b), 1117, 1118, 1119 and
1122 of Regulation AB as it relates to the Trustee or to the Trustee’s
obligations under this Agreement or any Supplement. The Servicer
agrees to cooperate in good faith with any reasonable request by the Transferor
for information regarding the Servicer which is required in order to enable
the
Transferor to comply with the provisions of Regulation AB, including, without
limitation, Items 1103(a)(1), 1105, 1108, 1117, 1118, 1119, 1121, 1122 and
1123
of Regulation AB as it relates to the Servicer or to the Servicer’s obligations
under this Agreement or any Supplement.
Section
14.02
Additional Representations
and
Warranties of the Trustee.
The Trustee shall be deemed to represent to the Transferor, as of the date
on
which information is provided to the Transferor under Section 14.03 that, except
as disclosed in writing to the Transferor prior to such date to the knowledge
of
the Responsible Officer of the Trustee providing such
information: (i) neither the execution, delivery and performance by
the Trustee of this Agreement or any Supplement, the performance by the Trustee
of its obligations under this Agreement or any Supplement nor the consummation
of any of the transactions by the Trustee contemplated thereby, is in violation
of any indenture, mortgage, bank credit agreement, note or bond purchase
agreement, long-term lease, license or other agreement or instrument to which
the Trustee is a party or by which it is bound, which violation would have
a
material adverse effect on the Trustee’s ability to perform its obligations
under this Agreement or any Supplement, or of any judgment or order applicable
to the Trustee; and (ii) there are no proceedings pending or threatened against
the Trustee in any court or before any governmental authority, agency or
arbitration board or tribunal which, individually or in the aggregate, would
have a material adverse effect on the right, power and authority of the Trustee
to enter into this Agreement or any Supplement or to perform its obligations
under this Agreement or any Supplement.
Section
14.03
Information to Be
Provided by
the Trustee. The
Trustee shall (i) no later than three Business Days before each Most Recent
Quarterly Filing Date, provide to the Transferor, in the form attached hereto
as
Exhibit L, or such other form as may mutually be agreed upon, such information
regarding the Trustee as is requested by the Transferor for the
96
purpose
of compliance with Item 1117 of Regulation AB, and (ii) as promptly as
practicable following notice to or discovery by a Responsible Officer of the
Trustee of any changes to such information, provide to the Transferor, in
writing, such updated information.
The
Trustee shall (i) no later than three Business Days before each Most Recent
Quarterly Filing Date, provide such information regarding the Trustee as is
requested by the Transferor, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit L, or such
other form as may mutually be agreed upon, for the purpose of compliance with
Items 1103(a)(1), 1109(a), 1109(b), 1118 and 1119 of Regulation AB, and (ii)
as
promptly as practicable following notice to or discovery by a Responsible
Officer of the Trustee of any changes to such information, provide to the
Transferor, in writing, such updated information. Such information
shall include, at a minimum:
(A) the
Trustee’s name and form of organization;
(B) a
description of the extent to which the Trustee has had prior experience serving
as a Trustee for asset-backed securities transactions involving credit card
receivables; and
(C) a
description of any affiliation between the Trustee and any of the following
parties to a Securitization Transaction, as such parties are identified to
the
Trustee by the Transferor in writing in advance of such Securitization
Transaction:
(1) the
sponsor;
(2) any
depositor;
(3) the
issuing entity;
(4) any
servicer;
(5) any
other trustee;
(6) any
originator;
(7) any
significant obligor;
(8) any
enhancement or support provider; and
(9) any
other material party related to any Securitization
Transaction.
In
addition, the Trustee shall provide a description of whether there is, and
if so
the general character of, any business relationship, agreement, arrangement,
transaction or understanding between the Trustee and any above-listed party
that
is entered into outside the ordinary course of business or is on terms other
than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with an unrelated third
party, apart from the Securitization Transactions, that currently exists or
that
existed during the past two years and that is material to an investor’s
understanding of the asset-backed securities.
Section
14.04
Trustee’s
Report
on Assessment of Compliance
and Attestation.
(a) On
or before March 1 of each calendar year,
commencing in
2007, the Trustee shall:
(i) deliver
to the Transferor a report
regarding the Trustee’s
assessment of compliance with
certain
applicable Servicing
Criteria during the
97
immediately
preceding calendar year, as
required under Rules 13a-18
and 15d-18 of the Exchange Act and Item 1122 of Regulation AB. Such
report shall be addressed to the Transferor and signed by an authorized officer
of the Trustee, and shall address each of the Servicing Criteria specified
in
Exhibit
J, as may be
amended from time to time by the
parties hereto;
(ii) deliver
to the Transferor a report of a
registered public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to the Transferor that
attests to, and reports on, the assessment of compliance made by the Trustee
and
delivered pursuant to the
preceding paragraph. Such attestation shall be in accordance with
Rules 1-02(a)(3) and 2-02(g) of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act and
the
Exchange Act; and
(iii) deliver
to the Transferor and any other
Person that will be responsible for signing the
Sarbanes Certification on
behalf of the Issuing Entity
or the Transferor with respect to a
Securitization Transaction a certification in the form attached hereto as
Exhibit
I, or
such other form as may mutually be
agreed upon.
(b) The
Trustee acknowledges that the
parties
identified in clause (iii) above may rely on the certification provided by
the
Trustee pursuant to such clause in signing a Sarbanes Certification and filing
such with the Commission.
(c) Within
thirty (30) days of receipt, the
Transferor shall provide
a
copy of all reports prepared and delivered pursuant to this Section
14.04
to each Rating Agency.
Section
14.05
Additional Representations
and
Warranties of the Servicer. The
Servicer shall be deemed to represent to the Transferor, as of the date on
which
information is provided to the Transferor under Section 14.06 that, except
as
disclosed in writing to the Transferor prior to such date to the best of its
knowledge: (i) the Servicer is not aware and has not received notice
that any default, early amortization or other performance triggering event
has
occurred as to any other securitization of credit card receivables due to any
act or failure to act of the Servicer; (ii) the Servicer has not been terminated
as servicer in a securitization involving credit card receivables, either due
to
a servicing default or to application of a servicing performance test or
trigger; (iii) no material noncompliance with the applicable servicing criteria
with respect to other securitizations of credit card receivables involving
the
Servicer as servicer has been disclosed or reported by the Servicer; (iv) no
material changes to the Servicer’s policies or procedures with respect to the
servicing function it will perform under this Agreement and any Supplement
have
occurred during the three-year period immediately preceding the related
Securitization Transaction; (v) there are no aspects of the Servicer’s financial
condition that could have a material adverse effect on the performance by the
Servicer of its servicing obligations under this Agreement or any Supplement;
and (vi) there are no material legal or governmental proceedings pending (or
known to be contemplated) against the Servicer, any Subservicer or any
third-party originator.
Section
14.06
Information to Be
Provided by
the
Servicer. In
connection with any Securitization Transaction, the Servicer shall (i) within
five (5) Business Days following request by the Transferor, provide to the
Transferor, in writing, the information specified in this
98
Section,
and (ii) as promptly as practicable following notice to or discovery by the
Servicer of any changes to such information, provide to the Transferor, in
writing, such updated information.
(a) If
so requested by the Transferor, the
Servicer shall provide such information regarding the Servicer and each
Subservicer
(each of the Servicer and each Subservicer, for purposes of this paragraph,
a
“Servicing
Party”),
as the Transferor shall
request
for the purpose of compliance
with Item 1108 of Regulation AB. Such information shall
include, at a
minimum:
(A) the
Servicing Party’s
name and form of
organization;
(B) a
description of how long the Servicing
Party has been servicing credit card accounts; a general discussion of the
Servicing Party’s
experience in servicing assets of any
type as well as a more
detailed discussion of the Servicing Party’s
experience in, and procedures for, the
servicing function it will perform under this Agreement and any Supplement;
information regarding the size, composition and growth of the Servicing
Party’s
portfolio of credit card accounts
of a type
similar to the Accounts and information on factors related to the Servicing
Party that may be material, in the good faith judgment of the Transferor, to
any
analysis of the servicing of the Accounts or the related asset-backed
securities, as applicable,
including, without limitation:
(1) whether
any prior securitizations of
credit card receivables involving the Servicing Party has defaulted or
experienced an early amortization or other performance triggering event because
of servicing during the
three-year period immediately preceding the related Securitization
Transaction;
(2) the
extent of outsourcing the Servicing
Party utilizes;
(3) whether
there has been previous
disclosure of material noncompliance with the applicable servicing criteria with respect
to other
securitizations of credit card receivables involving the Servicing Party as
a
servicer during the three-year period immediately preceding the related
Securitization Transaction;
(4) whether
the Servicing Party has been
terminated as servicer in a
securitization of credit card receivables, either due to a servicing default
or
to application of a servicing performance test or trigger;
and
(5) such
other information as the Transferor
may reasonably request for the purpose of compliance with Item 1108(b)(2)
of Regulation
AB;
(C) a
description of any material changes
during the three-year period immediately preceding the related Securitization
Transaction to the Servicing Party’s
policies or procedures with respect to
the servicing function it
will perform under this Agreement and any Supplement;
99
(D) information
regarding the Servicing
Party’s
financial condition, to the extent
that there is a material risk that an adverse financial event or circumstance
involving the Servicing Party could have a material adverse effect
on the
performance by the Servicing Party of its servicing obligations under this
Agreement or any Supplement;
(E) a
description of the Servicing
Party’s
processes and procedures designed to
address any special or unique factors involved in servicing;
(F) a
description of the Servicing
Party’s
processes for handling delinquencies,
losses, bankruptcies and recoveries, such as sale of defaulted receivables;
and
(G) information
as to how the Servicing
Party defines or determines delinquencies and charge-offs, including
the effect of any
grace period, re-aging, restructuring, partial payments considered current
or
other practices with respect to delinquency and loss
experience.
(b) As
a condition to the succession to the
Servicer or any Subservicer as servicer or subservicer
under this
Agreement or Supplement by any Person (i) into or with which
the Servicer or such Subservicer
may be merged or consolidated, or (ii) which may be appointed as a successor
to
the Servicer or any Subservicer, the Servicer shall provide to the Transferor
at least
fifteen (15) calendar days prior to the effective date of such succession or
appointment, (x) written notice to the Transferor of such succession or
appointment and (y) in writing and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory
to the Transferor, all
information reasonably requested by the Transferor in order to comply with
its
reporting obligation under Item 6.02 of Form 8-K with respect to any Series
or
Class, or any notes issued by the Issuing Entity.
(c) In
addition to such information as
the Servicer is
obligated to provide pursuant to other provisions of this Agreement and any
Supplement, if so requested by the Transferor, the Servicer shall provide such
information regarding the performance of the Receivables or the
servicing of the Accounts as is
reasonably required to facilitate preparation of distribution reports in
accordance with Item 1121 of Regulation AB. Such information shall be
provided concurrently with the distribution reports otherwise required to be
delivered
monthly by the Servicer under
this Agreement and any Supplement, commencing with the first such report due
not
less than ten (10) Business Days following such request.
Section
14.07
Servicer’s
Report
on Assessment of Compliance
and Attestation.
(a) On
or before March 1 of each calendar
year, commencing
in 2007, the Servicer shall:
(i) deliver
to the Transferor a report
regarding the Servicer’s
or
Subservicer’s
assessment
of compliance with the
Servicing Criteria during the immediately preceding calendar year, as
required under Rules 13a-18
and 15d-18 of the Exchange Act and Item 1122 of Regulation AB. Such
report shall be addressed to the Transferor and signed by an authorized officer
of the Servicer, and shall address each of
100
the
Servicing Criteria specified in
Exhibit
K, as
may be amended from time to time by
the parties hereto;
(ii) deliver
to the Transferor a report of a
registered public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to the Transferor that
attests to, and reports on, the assessment of compliance made by the
Servicer and delivered
pursuant to the preceding paragraph. Such attestation shall be in
accordance with Rules 1-02(a)(3) and 2-02(g) of Regulation S-X under the
Securities Act and the Exchange Act;
(iii) instruct
each
Servicing Participant to deliver to
the Transferor an
assessment of compliance and accountants’
attestation as and when provided in
paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section; and
(iv) deliver
to the Transferor and any other
Person that will be responsible for signing the Sarbanes Certification on behalf
of the Issuing
Entity or the Transferor with
respect to a
Securitization Transaction a certification in the form attached hereto as
Exhibit
I, or such other form
as may be mutually agreed upon.
The
Servicer acknowledges that the parties identified in clause (iv) above may
rely
on the certification provided by the Servicer pursuant to such clause in signing
a Sarbanes Certification and filing such with the Commission.
(b) Each
assessment of compliance
provided by a Subservicer
pursuant to subsection
14.07(a)(i) shall address
each of the Servicing Criteria specified on a certification substantially in the form of
Exhibit
K hereto delivered to
the Transferor
concurrently with the execution of this Agreement or, in the case of a
Subservicer subsequently appointed as such, on or prior to the date
of such
appointment. An assessment of compliance provided by a
Servicing Participant
pursuant to subsection
14.07(a)(iii) need not address any elements of the Servicing Criteria other
than
those specified by the Servicer pursuant to Section 14.08.
(c) Within
thirty (30) days of receipt, the
Transferor shall provide a copy of all reports prepared and delivered pursuant
to this Section 14.07
to each Rating Agency.
Section
14.08
Use of Subservicers
and
Servicing Participants.
(a) The
Servicer shall use its best efforts to hire
or otherwise
utilize only the services of Subservicers that agree to comply with the provisions of subsection
14.08(b). The
Servicer shall use its
best efforts to hire or otherwise utilize only the services of Servicing
Participants, and shall use
its best efforts to ensure that Subservicers hire or otherwise utilize only
the
services of Servicing Participants, to fulfill any of the obligations of the
Servicer as servicer under this Agreement or any Supplement, if those Servicing
Participants
agree to comply with the provisions of subsection
14.08(b).
(b) Except
as may otherwise be required
pursuant to Section 8.07, it shall not be necessary for the Servicer to seek
the
consent of the Transferor to the utilization of any Subservicer. The
Servicer shall use its
best
efforts to cause any Subservicer used by the Servicer (or by any Subservicer)
for the benefit of the Transferor to comply with the provisions of this Section
and with Sections 3.05, 14.05, 14.07 and subsection
14.06(c)
to the same extent as
101
if
such Subservicer were the
Servicer. The Servicer shall be responsible for obtaining from each
Subservicer and delivering to the Transferor any servicer compliance statement
required to be delivered by such Subservicer under Section 3.05, any
assessment of compliance and
attestation required to be delivered by such Subservicer under Section 14.07
and
any certification required to be delivered to the Person that will be
responsible for signing the Sarbanes Certification under Section 14.07
as
and when required to be
delivered.
(c) Except
as may otherwise be required
pursuant to Section 8.07, it shall not be necessary for the Servicer to seek
the
consent of the Transferor to the utilization of any Servicing
Participant. The Servicer shall promptly upon request provide
to the Transferor
a written description (in form and substance satisfactory to the Transferor)
of
the role and function of each Servicing Participant utilized by the Servicer
or
any Subservicer, specifying (i) the identity of each such
Servicing Participant and (ii) which
elements of the Servicing Criteria will be addressed in assessments of
compliance provided by each Servicing Participant.
As
a condition to the utilization of any Servicing Participant, the Servicer shall
use its best efforts to cause any such Servicing Participant used by the
Servicer (or by any Subservicer) for the benefit of the Transferor to comply
with the provisions of Section 14.07 to the same extent as if such Servicing
Participant were the Servicer. The Servicer shall be responsible for
obtaining from each Servicing Participant and delivering to the Transferor
any
assessment of compliance and attestation required to be delivered by such
Servicing Participant under Section 14.07, in each case as and when required
to
be delivered.
[End
of Article XIV]
102
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee have caused this
Agreement to be duly executed by their respective officers as of the day and
year first above written.
CHASE
BANK USA,
|
|||
NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION,
|
|||
as
Transferor and Servicer
|
|||
By:
|
/s/
Xxxxx X. Xxxxxx
|
||
Name:
|
Xxxxx
X. Xxxxxx
|
||
Title:
|
President
|
||
THE
BANK OF NEW YORK
|
|||
(DELAWARE),
as Trustee
|
|||
By:
|
/s/
Xxxxxxxx Xxxxx
|
||
Name:
|
Xxxxxxxx
Xxxxx
|
||
Title:
|
Vice
President
|
Third
A&R FUSA PSA
Exhibit
A
[FORM
OF EXCHANGEABLE TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE]
No.______
|
One
Unit
|
ASSET
BACKED CERTIFICATE
THIS
CERTIFICATE WAS ISSUED PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), AND MAY BE SOLD ONLY
PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT EFFECTIVE UNDER THE ACT OR AN EXEMPTION
FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE ACT. IN ADDITION, THE
TRANSFER OF THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE POOLING
AND SERVICING AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN. A COPY OF THE POOLING AND
SERVICING AGREEMENT WILL BE FURNISHED TO THE HOLDER OF THIS CERTIFICATE BY
THE
TRUSTEE UPON WRITTEN REQUEST.
This
Certificate represents an
Undivided
Interest in the
Evidencing
an Undivided Interest in a trust, the corpus of which consists of a portfolio
of
VISA® and
MasterCard®
credit card receivables generated or acquired by Chase Bank USA, National
Association and other assets and interests constituting the Trust under the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement described below.
(Not
an interest in or a recourse obligation of Chase Bank USA,
National
Association or any Affiliate thereof.)
This
certifies that CHASE BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (the “Holder”) is the
registered owner of an undivided interest in a trust (the “Trust”), the
corpus of which consists of a portfolio of receivables (the
“Receivables”) now existing or hereafter created under selected VISA® and
MasterCard® credit card
accounts
(the “Accounts”) of Chase Bank USA, National Association (the
“Transferor”), a national banking association organized under the laws
of
the United States, all monies due in payment of the Receivables, all proceeds
of
such Receivables and Insurance Proceeds relating to the Receivables, and the
other assets and interests constituting the Trust pursuant to the Third Amended
and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of December 19, 2007
as
the same may be further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, including
as supplemented by any Supplement relating to a Series of Investor Certificates
(the “Pooling and Servicing Agreement”), by and between Chase Bank USA,
National Association, as Transferor and Servicer, and The Bank of New York
(Delaware), as Trustee (the “Trustee”), a summary of certain of the
pertinent provisions of which is set forth hereinbelow.
A-1
To
the extent not defined herein, the capitalized terms used herein have the
meanings assigned in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. This
Certificate is issued under and is subject to the terms, provisions and
conditions of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, to which Pooling and
Servicing Agreement, as amended from time to time, the Holder by virtue of
the
acceptance hereof assents and by which the Holder is bound.
This
Certificate has not been registered or qualified under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, or any state securities law. No sale, transfer or
other disposition of this Certificate shall be permitted other than in
accordance with the provisions of Sections 6.03, 6.09 or 7.02 of the Pooling
and
Servicing Agreement.
The
Receivables consist of Principal Receivables which arise generally from the
purchase of goods and services and of amounts advanced to cardholders as cash
advances, and of Finance Charge Receivables which arise generally from Periodic
Finance Charges and other fees and charges, as more fully specified in the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement.
This
Certificate is the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate (the
“Certificate”), which represents an Undivided Interest in the Trust,
including the right to receive the Collections and other amounts at the times
and in the amounts specified in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement to be paid
to the Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate. The
aggregate interest represented by this Certificate at any time in the Principal
Receivables in the Trust shall not exceed the Transferor Interest at such
time. In addition to this Certificate, one or more Series of Investor
Certificates will be issued to investors pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement, each of which will represent an Undivided Interest in the
Trust. This Certificate shall not represent any interest in the
Investor Accounts, any Series Accounts or any Enhancement, except to the extent
provided in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. The Transferor
Interest on any date of determination will be an amount equal to the aggregate
amount of Principal Receivables at the end of the day immediately prior to
such
date of determination minus the Aggregate Invested Amount at the end of such
day.
The
Servicer shall deposit all Collections in the Collection Account as promptly
as
possible after the Date of Processing of such Collections, but in no event
later
than the second Business Day following such Date of Processing (except as
provided below and except as provided in any Supplement to the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement). Unless otherwise stated in any Supplement,
throughout the existence of the Trust, the Servicer shall allocate to the Holder
of this Certificate an amount equal to the product of (A) the Transferor
Percentage and (B) the aggregate amount of such Collections allocated to
Principal Receivables and Finance Charge Receivables, respectively, in respect
of each Monthly Period. Notwithstanding the first sentence of this
paragraph, the Servicer need not deposit this amount or any other amounts so
allocated to this Certificate pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
into the Collection Account and shall pay, or be deemed to pay, such amounts
as
collected to the Holder of this Certificate.
Chase
Bank USA, National Association, as Servicer, is entitled to receive as servicing
compensation a monthly servicing fee. The portion of the servicing
fee which will be allocable to the Holder of this Certificate pursuant to the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement will be payable by the Holder of this
Certificate and neither the Trust nor the Trustee or the Investor
Certificateholders will have any obligation to pay such portion of the servicing
fee.
A-2
This
Certificate does not represent a recourse obligation of, or any interest in,
the
Transferor or the Servicer, and neither this Certificate, any Investor
Certificates nor the Accounts or Receivables are insured or guaranteed by the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency or
instrumentality. This Certificate is limited in right of payment to
certain Collections respecting the Receivables, all as more specifically set
forth hereinabove and in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.
Upon
the termination of the Trust pursuant to Section 12.01 of the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement, the Trustee shall assign and convey to the Holder of this
Certificate (without recourse, representation or warranty) all right, title
and
interest of the Trust in the Receivables, whether then existing or thereafter
created, and all proceeds thereof and Insurance Proceeds relating
thereto. The Trustee shall execute and deliver such instruments of
transfer and assignment, in each case without recourse, as shall be reasonably
requested by the Holder of this Certificate to vest in such Holder all right,
title and interest which the Trustee had in the Receivables.
Unless
the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by or on behalf
of
the Trustee, by manual signature, this Certificate shall not be entitled to
any
benefit under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, or be valid for any
purpose.
A-3
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, Chase Bank USA, National Association has caused this
Certificate to be duly executed on this day
of , .
CHASE
BANK USA, NATIONAL
|
|||
ASSOCIATION
|
|||
By:
|
|||
Name:
|
|||
Title:
|
CERTIFICATE
OF AUTHENTICATION
This
is the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate referred to in the within-mentioned
Pooling and Servicing Agreement.
THE
BANK OF NEW YORK
|
|||
(DELAWARE),
as Authenticating Agent
|
|||
By:
|
|||
Name:
|
|||
Title:
|
Date: [ ],
20[ ]
A-4
Exhibit
B
[FORM
OF ASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES IN ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS]
ASSIGNMENT
No. [ ] OF RECEIVABLES IN ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS (this
“Assignment”), dated as of [ ],
20[ ] by and between
CHASE BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association organized
under the laws of the United States (the “Bank”), and THE BANK OF NEW
YORK (DELAWARE), in its capacity as trustee of the First USA Credit Card Master
Trust (the “Trust”) under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement referred to
below (in such capacity, the “Trustee”), and acknowledged by CHASE BANK
USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association organized under the
laws of the United States of America, in its capacity as servicer under the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement referred to below (in such capacity, the
“Servicer”).
W
I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS,
pursuant to subsection 2.06(a) or subsection 2.06(b) of the Third Amended and
Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of December 19, 2007, by
and
between the Bank, as Transferor and Servicer, and the Trustee (hereinafter
as
such agreement may have been, or may from time to time be, amended, supplemented
or otherwise modified, the “Pooling and Servicing Agreement”), the Bank
wishes to designate Additional Accounts of the Bank to be included as Accounts
and to convey hereby the Receivables of the Additional Accounts to be conveyed
by the Bank, whether now existing or hereafter created, to the Trust as part
of
the corpus of the Trust (as each such term is defined in the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement); and
WHEREAS,
the Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, is willing to accept such designation
and
conveyance subject to the terms and conditions hereof;
NOW,
THEREFORE, the Bank and the Trustee hereby agree as follows:
(1) Defined
Terms. All terms defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
and used herein shall have such defined meanings when used herein, unless
otherwise defined herein.
“Addition
Cut-Off Date” shall mean, with respect to the Additional Accounts, [ ],
20[ ].
“Addition
Date” shall mean, with respect to the Additional Accounts, [ ],
20[ ].
“Notice
Date” shall mean, with respect to the Additional Accounts, [ ],
20[ ] (which shall
be a date on or prior to the fifth Business Day prior to the Addition Date
with
respect to additions pursuant to subsection 2.06(a) of the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement and the tenth Business Day prior to the Addition Date with respect
to
additions pursuant to subsection 2.06(b) of the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement).
B-1
(2) Designation
of Additional Accounts. The Bank shall deliver to the Trustee not
later than five Business Days after the Addition Date, a true and complete
list
(in the form of a computer file, microfiche list, CD-ROM or such other form
as
is agreed upon between the Transferor and the Trustee) of each VISA® and MasterCard®
account, which as of
the Addition Date shall be deemed to be an Additional Account, each such account
being identified by account number and by the aggregate amount of Receivables
in
such account as of the close of business on the related Addition Cut-Off Date,
which shall be marked as Schedule 1 to this Assignment. Such list shall, as
of
the Addition Date, modify and amend and be incorporated into and made a part
of
this Assignment and the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.
(3) Conveyance
of Receivables.
(A) The
Bank does hereby transfer, assign, set-over and otherwise convey to the Trust
for the benefit of the Certificateholders, without recourse on and after the
Addition Date, all right, title and interest of the Bank in and to the
Receivables existing as of the Addition Date and hereafter created in the
Additional Accounts designated hereby, all monies due or to become due with
respect thereto (including all Finance Charge Receivables) and all proceeds
of
such Receivables.
(B) In
connection with such transfers, the Bank has executed, recorded and filed on
[ ],
20[ ] in the office
of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware a financing statement naming
“Chase Bank USA, National Association” as debtor and “The Bank of New York
(Delaware), as trustee of First USA Credit Card Master Trust” as secured party,
acknowledgment number
[ ],
identifying as collateral all Receivables now existing and hereafter created
in
any Accounts, which financing statement covers the Receivables now existing
and
hereafter created in the Additional Accounts designated hereby, meeting the
requirements of applicable Delaware law and such filing has not been amended
or
terminated. The Bank has delivered a file stamped copy of such UCC
financing statement to the Trustee prior to the date of this
Assignment.
(C) In
connection with such transfers, the Bank further agrees, at its own expense,
on
or prior to the date of this Assignment, to indicate in its computer files
that
Receivables created in connection with the Additional Accounts designated hereby
have been transferred to the Trust pursuant to this Assignment for the benefit
of the Certificateholders.
(D) The
parties hereto agree that all transfers of Receivables to the Trust pursuant
to
this Assignment are subject to, and shall be treated in accordance with, the
Delaware Act and each of the parties hereto agrees that this Assignment has
been
entered into by the parties hereto in express reliance upon the Delaware
Act. For purposes of complying with the requirements of the Delaware
Act, each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that any property, assets or
rights purported to be transferred, in whole or in part, by the Bank pursuant
to
this Assignment shall be deemed to no longer be the property, assets or rights
of the Bank. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that each such
transfer is occurring in connection with a “securitization transaction” within
the meaning of the Delaware Act.
B-2
(4) Acceptance
by Trustee. The Trustee hereby acknowledges its acceptance on
behalf of the Trust for the benefit of the Certificateholders of all right,
title and interest previously held by the Bank in and to the Receivables in
the
Additional Accounts now existing and hereafter created, and declares that it
shall maintain such right, title and interest, upon the trust herein set forth,
for the benefit of all Certificateholders.
(5) Representations
and Warranties of the Bank. The Bank hereby represents and
warrants to the Trustee on behalf of the Trust as of the Addition Date (or
such
other date as is specified below):
(A) Legal,
Valid and Binding Obligation. This Assignment constitutes a
legal, valid and binding obligation of the Bank enforceable against the Bank,
in
accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar
laws now or hereafter in effect affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights
in general and the rights of creditors of entities such as the Transferor and
except as such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity
(whether considered in a suit at law or in equity).
(B) Eligibility
of Accounts and Receivables. Each Additional Account designated
hereby was, as of the related Addition Cut-Off Date, an Eligible Account, and
each Receivable in such Additional Account was, as of the related Addition
Cut-Off Date, an Eligible Receivable.
(C) Selection
Procedures. No selection procedures believed by the Bank to be
materially adverse to the interests of the Investor Certificateholders were
utilized in selecting the Additional Accounts designated hereby from the
available Eligible Accounts in the Bank Portfolio.
(D) Insolvency. The
Bank is not insolvent and, after giving effect to the conveyance set forth
in
Section 3 of this Assignment, will not be insolvent.
(E) Security
Interest. This Assignment constitutes either (i) a valid transfer
and assignment to the Trustee of all right, title and interest of the Bank
in
and to Receivables now existing and hereafter created in the Additional Accounts
designated hereby and all proceeds (as defined in the UCC as in effect in the
State of Delaware) of such Receivables, and such Receivables and any proceeds
thereof will be held by the Trustee free and clear of any Lien of any Person
claiming through or under the Bank or any of its Affiliates except for (x)
Liens
permitted under subsection 2.05(b) of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement,
(y)
the interest of the Holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate and (z)
the Bank’s right to receive interest accruing on, and investment earnings in
respect of, the Finance Charge Account and the Principal Account or any Series
Account as provided in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and any Supplement;
or (ii) a valid transfer for security of all of the Bank’s right, title and
interest in such property to the Trustee, which is enforceable with respect
to
the existing Receivables of the Additional Accounts designated hereby and the
proceeds (as defined in the UCC as in effect in the State of Delaware) thereof
upon the conveyance of such Receivables to the Trustee, and which will be
enforceable with respect to the Receivables
B-3
thereafter
created in respect of Additional Accounts designated hereby and the proceeds
(as
defined in the UCC as in effect in the State of Delaware) thereof, upon such
creation; and (iii) if this Assignment constitutes a transfer for security
to
the Trust in such property, the conveyance in Section 3(A) is effective to
assign to the Trustee a first priority perfected security interest in all of
the
Bank’s right, title and interest in the existing Receivables of the Additional
Accounts designated hereby and in the case of Receivables of such Additional
Accounts hereafter created and the proceeds (as defined in the UCC as in effect
in the State of Delaware) thereof, upon such creation, the Trustee shall have
a
first priority perfected security interest in all of the Bank’s right, title and
interest in such property (subject to Section 9-306 of the UCC as in effect
in
the State of Delaware), except for Liens permitted under subsection 2.05(b)
of
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.
(6) Conditions
Precedent. The acceptance by the Trustee set forth in Section 4
and the amendment of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement set forth in Section
7
are subject to the satisfaction, on or prior to the Addition Date, of the
following conditions precedent:
(A) Officer’s
Certificate. The Bank shall have delivered to the Trustee a
certificate of a Vice President or more senior officer substantially in the
form
of Schedule 2 hereto, certifying that (i) all requirements set forth in Section
2.06 of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement for designating Additional Accounts
and conveying the Principal Receivables of such Accounts, whether now existing
or hereafter created, have been satisfied and (ii) each of the representations
and warranties made by the Bank in Section 5 is true and correct as of the
Addition Date. The Trustee may conclusively rely on such Officer’s
Certificate, shall have no duty to make inquiries with regard to the matters
set
forth therein, and shall incur no liability in so relying.
(B) Additional
Information. The Bank shall have delivered to the Trustee such
information as was reasonably requested by the Trustee to satisfy itself as
to
the accuracy of the representation and warranty set forth in subsection 5(D)
of
this Assignment.
(7) Amendment
of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. The Pooling and Servicing
Agreement is hereby amended to provide that all references therein to the
“Pooling and Servicing Agreement,” to “this Agreement” and to “herein” shall be
deemed from and after the Addition Date to be a dual reference to the Pooling
and Servicing Agreement as supplemented by this Assignment and all references
therein to Additional Accounts shall be deemed to include all accounts listed
on
Schedule 1 hereto. Except as expressly amended hereby, all of the
representations, warranties, terms, covenants and conditions of the Pooling
and
Servicing Agreement shall remain unamended and shall continue to be, and shall
remain, in full force and effect in accordance with its terms and except as
expressly provided herein shall not constitute or be deemed to constitute a
waiver of compliance with or a consent to noncompliance with any term or
provision of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.
(8) Counterparts. This
Assignment may be executed in two or more counterparts (and by different parties
on separate counterparts), each of which shall be an original, but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
B-4
(9) Governing
Law. THIS ASSIGNMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, WITHOUT REGARD TO ITS
CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS.
(10) Removal
Upon Breach. In the event of a breach of any of the warranties
set forth in subsection 5(B) other than a breach or event set forth in
subsection 2.04(d)(i) of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, if as a result
of
such breach the related Account becomes a Defaulted Account or the Trust’s
rights in, to or under any Receivable arising in such Account or its proceeds
are impaired or the proceeds of such Receivable are not available for any reason
to the Trust free and clear of any Lien, then upon the expiration of 60 days
(or
such longer period as may be agreed to by the Trustee in its sole discretion,
but in no event later than 120 days) from the earlier to occur of the discovery
of any such event by either the Transferor or the Servicer, or receipt by the
Transferor or the Servicer, of written notice of any such event given by the
Trustee, each such Receivable shall be removed from the Trust on the terms
and
conditions set forth in subsection 2.04(d)(iii) of the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement as though such Receivable were removed pursuant to subsection
2.04(d)(ii) of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement; provided,
however, that no such removal shall be required to be made if, on
any day
within such applicable period, such representations and warranties with respect
to such Receivable shall then be true and correct in all material respects
as if
such Receivable had been created on such day.
B-5
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Assignment of Receivables
in
Additional Accounts to be duly executed and delivered by their respective duly
authorized officers on the day and year first above written.
CHASE
BANK USA,
|
|||
NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION,
|
|||
By:
|
|||
Name:
|
|||
Title:
|
|||
THE
BANK OF NEW YORK
|
|||
(DELAWARE),
as Trustee of First USA
Credit
Card Master Trust
|
|||
By:
|
|||
Name:
|
|||
Title:
|
Acknowledged
by:
CHASE
BANK USA,
NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION,
as
Servicer
By:
|
|||
Name:
|
|||
Title:
|
B-6
Schedule
1
to
Assignment of
Receivables
in
Additional
Accounts
ADDITIONAL
ACCOUNTS
[Delivered
to the Trustee]
B-7
Schedule
2
to
Assignment of
Receivables
in
Additional
Accounts
Chase
Bank USA, National Association
Officer’s
Certificate
____________________,
a duly authorized officer of Chase Bank USA, National Association, a national
banking association (the “Bank”), hereby certifies and acknowledges on
behalf of the Bank that to the best of [her/his] knowledge the following
statements are true on [ ],
20[ ] (the
“Addition Date”), and acknowledges on behalf of the Bank that this
Officer’s Certificate will be relied upon by The Bank of New York (Delaware), as
Trustee (the “Trustee”) of the First USA Credit Card Master Trust in
connection with the Trustee entering into Assignment No. ___ of Receivables
in
Additional Accounts, dated as of the Addition Date (the “Assignment”), by
and between the Bank and the Trustee, in connection with the Third Amended
and
Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of December 19, 2007 (as
heretofore supplemented and amended, the “Pooling and Servicing
Agreement”), by and between the Bank, as Transferor and Servicer, and the
Trustee. The undersigned hereby certifies and acknowledges on behalf
of the Bank that:
(a) Delivery
of Assignment. On or prior to the Addition Date, (i) the Bank has
delivered to the Trustee the Assignment (including an acceptance by the Trustee
on behalf of the Trust for the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders),
and
(ii) the Bank has indicated in its computer files that the Receivables created
in connection with the Additional Accounts have been transferred to the
Trust. Within five Business Days after the Addition Date, the Bank
shall deliver to the Trustee a true and complete list (in the form of a computer
file, microfiche list, CD-ROM or such other form as is agreed upon between
the
Transferor and the Trustee) of all Additional Accounts, identified by account
number and the aggregate amount of the Receivables in each such Additional
Account as of the related Addition Cut-Off Date, which list shall, as of the
Addition Date, modify and amend and be incorporated into and made a part of
the
Assignment and the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.
(b) Legal,
Valid and Binding Obligation. The Assignment constitutes a legal,
valid and binding obligation of the Bank, enforceable against the Bank in
accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar
laws now or hereafter in effect affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights
in general and the rights of creditors of national banking associations and
except as such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity
(whether considered in a suit at law or in equity).
(c) Eligibility
of Accounts and Receivables. Each Additional Account designated
pursuant to the Assignment was, as of the related Addition Cut-Off Date, an
Eligible
B-8
Account,
and each Receivable in such Additional Account was, as of the related Addition
Cut-Off Date, an Eligible Receivable.
(d) Selection
Procedures. No selection procedures believed by the Bank to be
materially adverse to the interests of the Investor Certificateholders were
utilized in selecting the Additional Accounts designated pursuant to the
Assignment from the available Eligible Accounts in the Bank
Portfolio.
(e) Insolvency. The
Bank is not insolvent and, after giving effect to the conveyance set forth
in
Section 3 of the Assignment, will not be insolvent.
(f) Security
Interest. The Assignment constitutes either (i) a valid transfer
and assignment to the Trust of all right, title and interest of the Bank in
and
to such Receivables now existing and hereafter created, and all proceeds (as
defined in the UCC as in effect in the State of Delaware) of such Receivables,
and such Receivables and any proceeds thereof will be held by the Trust free
and
clear of any Lien of any Person claiming through or under the Bank or any of
its
Affiliates except for (x) Liens permitted under subsection 2.05(b) of the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement, (y) the interest of the Bank as holder of
the
Exchangeable Transferor Certificate and (z) the Bank’s right to receive interest
accruing on, and investment earnings in respect of, the Finance Charge Account
and the Principal Account or any Series Account as provided in the Pooling
and
Servicing Agreement and any Supplement; or (ii) a transfer for security of
such
property to the Trust, which is enforceable with respect to the existing
Receivables of the Additional Accounts designated on Schedule 1 to the
Assignment, the proceeds (as defined in the UCC as in effect in the State of
Delaware) thereof, upon the conveyance of such Receivables to the Trust, and
which will be enforceable with respect to the Receivables thereafter created
in
respect of Additional Accounts designated on Schedule 1 to the Assignment and
the proceeds (as defined in the UCC as in effect in the State of Delaware)
thereof, upon such creation; and (iii) if the Assignment constitutes a transfer
for security by the Bank to the Trust in such property, the conveyance in
Section 3(A) of the Assignment is effective to assign to the Trust a first
priority perfected security interest in all of the Bank’s right, title and
interest in the existing Receivables of the Additional Accounts designated
on
Schedule 1 to the Assignment and in the case of Receivables of such Additional
Accounts thereafter created and the proceeds (as defined in the UCC as in effect
in the State of Delaware) thereof, upon such creation the Trust shall have
a
first priority perfected security interest in such property (subject to Section
9-306 of the UCC as in effect in the State of Delaware), except for Liens
permitted under subsection 2.05(b) of the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement.
(g) Requirements
of Pooling and Servicing Agreement. All requirements set forth in
Section 2.06 of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement for designating Additional
Accounts and conveying the Principal Receivables of such Accounts, whether
now
existing or hereafter created, have been satisfied.
Initially
capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined are used as defined
in
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.
B-9
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand
this [ ] day of [ ],
20[ ].
CHASE
BANK USA,
|
|||
NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION
|
|||
By:
|
|||
Name:
|
|||
Title:
|
B-10
Exhibit
C
[FORM
OF MONTHLY SERVICER’S CERTIFICATE]
CHASE
BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
__________________________________
___________________________________
The
undersigned, a duly authorized representative of Chase Bank USA, National
Association (the “Bank”), as Servicer pursuant to the Third Amended and
Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of December 19, 2007 (the
“Pooling and Servicing Agreement”), by and between the Bank, as
Transferor and Servicer, and The Bank of New York (Delaware), as Trustee of
the
First USA Credit Card Master Trust (the “Trust”), does hereby certify as
follows:
1. Capitalized
terms used but not defined in this Certificate have their respective meanings
set forth in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement; provided, that the
“preceding Monthly Period” shall mean the Monthly Period immediately preceding
the calendar month in which this Certificate is delivered. This
Certificate is delivered pursuant to subsection 3.04(b) of the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement. References herein to certain sections and
subsections are references to the respective sections and subsections of the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement.
2. The
Bank is the Servicer under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.
3. The
undersigned is a Servicing Officer.
4. The
date of this Certificate is a Determination Date under the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement.
5. The
aggregate amount of Collections processed during the preceding Monthly Period
was equal to $_______
6. The
aggregate amount of Principal Receivables processed as of the end of the last
day of the preceding Monthly Period was equal to $_______
7. The
Aggregate Investor Percentage of Collections of Finance Charge Receivables
processed by the Servicer during the preceding Monthly Period was equal to
$_______
8. The
Aggregate Investor Percentage of Collections of Principal Receivables processed
by the Servicer during the current month is equal to $_______
C-1
9. The
aggregate amount of Interchange to be deposited in the Finance Charge Account
on
the Transfer Date of the current month is equal to $_______
10. To
the knowledge of the undersigned, there are no Liens on any Receivables in
the
Trust except as described below:
[If
applicable, insert “None.”]
C-2
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed and delivered this
certificate this [ ] day of [ ],
20[ ].
CHASE
BANK USA, NATIONAL
|
|||
ASSOCIATION,
as Servicer
|
|||
By:
|
|||
Name:
|
|||
Title:
|
C-3
Schedule
To Monthly
Servicer’s
Certificate*
CHASE
BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
__________________________________
FIRST
USA CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST
__________________________________
*
|
A
separate schedule is to be attached for each Series, with appropriate
changes and additions to reflect the specifics of the related Series
Supplement
|
C-4
Exhibit
D
[FORM
OF ANNUAL SERVICER’S CERTIFICATE]
SERVICER
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT
Chase
Bank USA, National Association
First
USA Credit Card Master Trust
The
undersigned, a duly authorized officer of Chase Bank USA, National Association
(the “Bank”), as Servicer pursuant to the Third Amended and Restated Pooling and
Servicing Agreement, dated as of December 19, 2007 (as amended and supplemented
from time to time, the “Agreement”), by and between the Bank, as transferor and
servicer (in such capacity, the “Servicer”), and The Bank of New York
(Delaware), as trustee (the “Trustee”), does hereby certify that:
1. The
Bank is, as of the date hereof, the Servicer under the Agreement.
2. A
review of the Servicer’s activities during the calendar year ended December 31,
20[ ] (the “Reporting Period”) and of its performance under the
Agreement has been made under my supervision.
3. To
the best of my knowledge, based on such review, the Servicer has fulfilled
all
of its obligations under the Agreement in all material respects throughout
the
Reporting Period.
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this certificate this
[ ] day of March, 20[ ].
CHASE
BANK USA, NATIONAL
|
|||
ASSOCIATION,
as Servicer
|
|||
By:
|
|||
Name:
|
|||
Title:
|
D-1
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Certificate this
[ ] day of [ ],
20[ ].
CHASE
BANK USA, NATIONAL
|
|||
ASSOCIATION,
as Servicer
|
|||
By:
|
|||
Name:
|
|||
Title:
|
D-2
Exhibit
E
[FORM
OF OPINION OF COUNSEL REGARDING ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS]
The
opinion set forth below, which is to be delivered pursuant to subsection
2.06(c)(vi) of the Third Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement,
may be subject to certain qualifications, assumptions, limitations and
exceptions taken or made in the opinion of counsel delivered on the Closing
Date
with respect to similar matters.
The
provisions of the applicable Assignment and the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
are effective to create, in favor of the Trustee, a valid security interest
(as
such term is defined in the UCC as in effect in the State of Delaware) in all
of
the Transferor’s right, title and interest in and to that portion of the
Receivables which constitutes accounts under the Delaware UCC and proceeds
thereof which security interest if characterized as a transfer for security
will
secure all Secured Obligations and which security interest if characterized
as a
sale of accounts will constitute a valid sale of all of the Transferor’s right,
title and interest in and to the Receivables and the proceeds
thereof.
[The
Transferor Financing Statement having been filed in the appropriate filing
office][Assumes one filing at Amendment Closing Date. Section 2.01
and Exhibit B (Assignment)] and Assignment No. [ ] having been
executed and delivered by the parties thereto, under the UCC as in effect in
the
State of Delaware, the security interest referred to in the preceding paragraph
hereof in favor of the Trustee in the Receivables and proceeds thereof has
been
perfected, and no other security interest of any other creditor of the
Transferor will be equal or prior to the security interest of the Trustee in
such Receivables and the proceeds thereof.
E-1
Exhibit
F
[FORM
OF ANNUAL OPINION OF COUNSEL]
The
opinion set forth below, which is to be delivered pursuant to subsection
13.02(d)(ii) of the Third Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement,
may be subject to certain qualifications, assumptions, limitations and
exceptions taken or made in the opinion of counsel delivered on the Closing
Date
with respect to similar matters.
No
filing or other action, other than such filing or action described in such
opinion, is necessary from the date of such opinion through March 31 of the
following year to continue the perfected status of the interest of the Trust
in
the collateral described in the financing statements referred to in such
opinion.
F-1
Exhibit
G
[FORM
OF REASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES]
REASSIGNMENT
NO. [ ] OF RECEIVABLES, dated as of [ ],
20[ ], by and
between CHASE BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association
organized under the laws of the United States of America (the “Bank”),
and THE BANK OF NEW YORK (DELAWARE), a banking corporation organized under
the
laws of the State of Delaware, as Trustee (the “Trustee”) of the First
USA Credit Card Master Trust (the “Trust”), pursuant to the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement referred to below.
W
I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS,
pursuant to the Third Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement,
dated as of December 19, 2007, by and between the Bank, as Transferor and
Servicer, and the Trustee (hereinafter as such agreement may have been, or
may
from time to time be, amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Pooling
and Servicing Agreement”), and as indicated in the notice dated [ ],
20[ ] from the Bank
to the Trustee (the “Notice”), the Bank wishes to remove all Receivables
from certain designated Accounts of the Bank specified on Schedule 1 hereto
(the
“Removed Accounts”) and to cause the Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, to
reconvey hereby the Receivables of such Removed Accounts, whether now existing
or hereafter created, from the Trust to the Bank (as each such term is defined
in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement), as more fully described herein;
and
WHEREAS,
the Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, is willing to accept such
designation and to reconvey the Receivables in the Removed Accounts subject
to
the terms and conditions hereof.
NOW
THEREFORE, the Bank and the Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, hereby
agree as follows:
1. Defined
Terms. All terms defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
and used herein shall have such defined meanings when used herein, unless
otherwise defined herein.
“Removal
Cut-Off Date” shall mean, with respect to the Removed Accounts, [ ],
20[ ].
“Removal
Date” shall mean, with respect to the Removed Accounts, [ ],
20[ ].
“Removal
Notice Date” shall mean, with respect to the Removed Accounts designated
hereby, [ ],
20[ ] (which shall
be a date on or prior to the fifth Business Day prior to the Removal
Date).
G-1
2. Designation
of Removed Accounts. The Bank shall deliver to the Trustee, not
later than five Business Days after the Removal Date, a true and complete list
(in the form of a computer file, microfiche list, CD-ROM or such other form
as
is agreed upon between the Transferor and the Trustee) of each VISA® and MasterCard®
account, which as of
the Removal Date shall be deemed to be a Removed Account, each such account
being identified by account number and by the aggregate amount of Receivables
in
such account as of the close of business on the Removal Cut-Off
Date. Such list shall be marked as Schedule 1 to this Reassignment
and shall, as of the Removal Date, modify and amend and be incorporated into
and
made a part of this Reassignment and the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement.
3. Conveyance
of Receivables. The Trustee, on behalf of the
Trust, does hereby reconvey to the Bank, without recourse on and
after the Removal Date, all right, title and interest of the Trust in and to
the
Receivables now existing and hereafter created in the Removed Accounts, all
monies due or to become due with respect thereto (including all Finance Charge
Receivables) and all proceeds (as defined in the UCC as in effect in the
applicable jurisdiction) of such Receivables.
4. Representations
and Warranties of the Bank. The Bank hereby represents and
warrants to the Trustee on behalf of the Trust as of the Removal
Date:
(a) Legal,
Valid and Binding Obligation. This Reassignment constitutes a
legal, valid and binding obligation of the Bank enforceable against the Bank
in
accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar
laws now or hereafter in effect affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights
in general and the rights of creditors of national banking associations and
except as such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity
(whether considered in a suit at law or in equity).
(b) Selection
Procedures. No selection procedures believed by the Bank to be
materially adverse to the interests of the Certificateholders were utilized
in
selecting the Removed Accounts to be removed from the Trust and (I) a random
selection procedure was used by the Bank in selecting the Removed Accounts
and
only one such removal of randomly selected Accounts shall occur in the then
current Monthly Period, (II) the Removed Accounts arose pursuant to an affinity,
private-label, agent-bank, co-branding or other arrangement with a third party
that has been cancelled by such third party or has expired without renewal
and
which by its terms permits the third party to repurchase the Accounts subject
to
such arrangement, upon such cancellation or non-renewal and the third party
has
exercised such repurchase right or (III) the Removed Accounts were selected
using another method that will not preclude transfers of Receivables to the
Trust from being accounted for as sales under generally accepted accounting
principles or prevent the Trust from continuing to qualify as a qualifying
special purpose entity in accordance with SFAS 140.
G-2
5. Representations
and Warranties of the Trustee. Since the date of the transfer by
the Bank under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Trustee has not sold,
transferred or encumbered any Receivable in any Removed Account or any interest
therein.
6. Conditions
Precedent. The amendment of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
set forth in Section 7 hereof is subject to the satisfaction of the conditions
set forth in Section 2.07 of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement on or prior
to
the dates specified in Section 2.07, except to the extent any such conditions
have not been waived. For purposes of Section 2.07 of the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement, “Removal Notice Date” shall have the meaning specified in
Section 1 hereof.
7. Amendment
of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. The Pooling and Servicing
Agreement is hereby amended to provide that all references therein to the
“Pooling and Servicing Agreement,” to “this Agreement” and to “herein” shall be
deemed from and after the Removal Date to be a dual reference to the Pooling
and
Servicing Agreement as supplemented by this Reassignment. Except as
expressly amended hereby, all of the representations, warranties, terms,
covenants and conditions of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement shall remain
unamended and shall continue to be, and shall remain, in full force and effect
in accordance with its terms and except as expressly provided herein shall
not
constitute or be deemed to constitute a waiver of compliance with or a consent
to non-compliance with any term or provision of the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement.
8. Counterparts. This
Reassignment may be executed in multiple counterparts, and by different parties
on separate counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
9. Governing
Law. THIS REASSIGNMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF
LAW
PROVISIONS.
10. Authorization. The
Trustee, at the Transferor’s direction, hereby authorizes Skadden, Arps, Slate,
Xxxxxxx & Xxxx LLP (“Skadden”) to file any financing statements or
continuation statements, and amendments to financing statements, in any
jurisdictions and with any filing offices as Skadden may determine, in its
sole
discretion, are necessary or advisable to perfect the conveyance to the Bank
pursuant to Section 3 hereof. Such financing statements may describe
the collateral in the same manner as described herein or may contain an
indication or description of collateral that describes such property in any
other manner as Skadden may determine, in its sole discretion, is necessary,
advisable or prudent to ensure the perfection of the security interest in the
collateral granted to the Bank in connection herewith, including, without
limitation, describing such property as “all assets” or “all personal
property.”
G-3
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Reassignment of Receivables
to
be duly executed and delivered by their respective duly authorized officers
on
the day and year first above written.
CHASE
BANK USA, NATIONAL
|
|||
ASSOCIATION,
, as Transferor
|
|||
By:
|
|||
Name:
|
|||
Title:
|
|||
THE
BANK OF NEW YORK
|
|||
(DELAWARE)
, as Trustee of First USA Credit Card Master Trust
|
|||
By:
|
|||
Name:
|
|||
Title:
|
Acknowledged
by:
CHASE
BANK USA, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION,
as Servicer
By:
|
|||
Name:
|
|||
Title:
|
G-4
Schedule
1
to
Reassignment
of
Receivables
REMOVED
ACCOUNTS
G-5
Schedule
2
to
Reassignment
of
Receivables
Chase
Bank USA, National Association
First
USA Credit Card Master Trust
Officer’s
Certificate
____________,
a duly authorized officer of Chase Bank USA, National Association (the
“Bank”), hereby certifies and acknowledges on behalf of the Bank that to
the best of his knowledge the following statements are true on [ ],
20[ ] (the
“Removal Date”), and acknowledges on behalf of the Bank that this
Officer’s Certificate will be relied upon by The Bank of New York (Delaware), as
Trustee (the “Trustee”) of the First USA Credit Card Master Trust (the
“Trust”) in connection with the Trustee entering into Reassignment
No.
[ ] of Receivables in Removed Accounts, dated as of the Removal
Date (the “Reassignment”), between the Bank, as Transferor (the
“Transferor”) and as Servicer (the “Servicer”), and the Trustee,
in connection with the Third Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing
Agreement, dated as of December 19, 2007 (as heretofore supplemented and
amended, the “Pooling and Servicing Agreement”), by and between the Bank, as
Transferor and Servicer, and the Trustee. The undersigned hereby
certifies and acknowledges on behalf of the Bank that:
(a) The
removal of the Receivables of such Removed Accounts as of the Removal Date
shall
not, in the reasonable belief of the Bank, cause a Pay Out Event to occur or
the
Transferor Interest to be an amount less than zero.
(b) On
or prior to the Removal Date, the Bank shall have delivered to the Trustee,
for
execution, the Reassignment (including an acceptance by the Trustee on behalf
of
the Trust for the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders) and within five
Business Days after the Removal Date, the Bank shall deliver to the Trustee
a
true and complete list (in the form of a computer file, microfiche list, CD-ROM
or such other form as is agreed upon between the Transferor and the Trustee)
of
the Removed Accounts, identified by account number and the aggregate amount
of
the Receivables in each Removed Account as of the Removal Cut-Off Date, which
list shall, as of the Removal Date, modify and amend and be incorporated into
the Reassignment and the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.
(c) The
Reassignment constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Bank
enforceable against the Bank in accordance with its terms, except as such
enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect
affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights in general and the rights of
creditors of national banking associations and except as such enforceability
may
be limited by general principles of equity (whether considered in a suit at
law
or in equity).
(d) No
selection procedures believed by the Bank to be materially adverse to the
interests of the Investor Certificateholders were utilized in selecting the
Removed Accounts to be removed from the Trust and (I) a random selection
procedure was used by the Bank in
G-6
selecting
the Removed Accounts and only one such removal of randomly selected Accounts
shall occur in the then current Monthly Period, (II) the Removed Accounts
arose
pursuant to an affinity, private-label, agent-bank, co-branding or other
arrangement with a third party that has been cancelled by such third party
or
has expired without renewal and which by its terms permits the third party
to
repurchase the Accounts subject to such arrangement upon such cancellation
or
non-renewal and the third party has exercised such repurchase right or (III)
the
Removed Accounts were selected using another method that will not preclude
transfers of Receivables to the Trust from being accounted for as sales under
generally accepted accounting principles or prevent the Trust from continuing
to
qualify as a qualifying special purpose entity in accordance with SFAS 140
and
the Bank shall have delivered to the Trustee and each Enhancement Provider
an
Officer’s Certificate, dated the Removal Date to that effect.
(e) After
giving effect to the removal of such Removed Accounts, the Transferor Interest
shall not be less than the Minimum Transferor Interest and the amount of
Principal Receivables in the Trust shall not be less than the Minimum Aggregate
Principal Receivables.
(f) The
Bank gave the Trustee and the Servicer written notice that the Receivables
from
the Removed Accounts are to be reassigned to the Bank or its designee,
specifying the date for removal of the Removed Accounts.
(g) All
requirements set forth in Section 2.07 of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
for designating Removed Accounts and conveying the Principal Receivables of
such
Accounts, whether now existing or hereafter created, have been satisfied or
waived.
Capitalized
terms used herein and not otherwise defined are used as defined in the Pooling
and Servicing Agreement.
G-7
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand as of the date hereinabove set
forth.
CHASE
BANK USA, NATIONAL
|
|||
ASSOCIATION,
, as Transferor
|
|||
By:
|
|||
Name:
|
|||
Title:
|
G-8
Exhibit
H
[FORM
OF RECONVEYANCE OF RECEIVABLES]
RECONVEYANCE
of RECEIVABLES, dated as of [ ],
20[ ] (this “Reconveyance”),
by and between CHASE BANK USA,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association organized under the laws
of
the United States of America, as Transferor (the “Transferor”), and THE
BANK OF NEW YORK (DELAWARE), a banking corporation organized under the laws
of
the State of Delaware, as Trustee (the “Trustee”) of the First USA Credit
Card Master Trust (the “Trust”), pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement referred to below.
W
I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS,
the Transferor and the Trustee are parties to the Third Amended and Restated
Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of December 19, 2007 (hereinafter
as
such agreement may have been, or may from time to time be, amended, supplemented
or otherwise modified, the “Pooling and Servicing
Agreement”);
WHEREAS,
pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Transferor wishes to cause
the Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, to reconvey all of the Receivables and
proceeds thereof, whether now existing or hereafter created, from the Trust
to
the Transferor pursuant to the terms of Section 12.04 of the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement upon termination of the Trust pursuant to subsection
12.01(a) of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement (as each such term is defined
in
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement); and
WHEREAS,
the Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, is willing to reconvey the Receivables
subject to the terms and conditions hereof;
NOW
THEREFORE, the Transferor and the Trustee hereby agree as follows:
1. Defined
Terms. All terms defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
and used herein shall have such defined meanings when used herein, unless
otherwise defined herein.
“Reconveyance
Date” shall mean [ ],
20[ ].
2. Return
of Lists of Accounts. The Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, shall
deliver to the Transferor, not later than three Business Days after the
Reconveyance Date, each and every list of Accounts delivered to the Trustee
pursuant to the terms of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.
3. Conveyance
of Receivables.
H-1
(a) The
Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, does hereby reconvey to the Transferor, without
recourse, representation or warranty, on and after the Reconveyance Date, all
right, title and interest of the Trust in and to each and every Receivable
now
existing and hereafter created in the Accounts, all monies due or to become
due
with respect thereto (including all Finance Charge Receivables and all proceeds
(as defined in Section 9-306 of the UCC as in effect in the applicable
jurisdiction) of such Receivables, except for amounts, if any, held by the
Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, pursuant to subsection 12.03(b) of the Pooling
and Servicing Agreement.
(b) In
connection with such transfer, the Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, authorizes
the filing, on or prior to the date of this Reconveyance, of such UCC
termination statements as the Transferor may reasonably request, evidencing
the
transfer of the Receivables from the Trust to the Transferor and the release
by
the Trust of its lien on the Receivables.
4. Counterparts. This
Reconveyance may be executed in two or more counterparts (and by different
parties on separate counterparts), each of which shall be an original, but
all
of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
5. Governing
Law. THIS RECONVEYANCE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF
LAW
PROVISIONS.
H-2
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Reconveyance of Receivables
to
be duly executed and delivered by their respective duly authorized officers
on
the day and year first above written.
CHASE
BANK USA, NATIONAL
|
|||
ASSOCIATION,
, as Transferor
|
|||
By:
|
|||
Name:
|
|||
Title:
|
|||
THE
BANK OF NEW YORK
|
|||
(DELAWARE)
, as Trustee
|
|||
By:
|
|||
Name:
|
|||
Title:
|
H-3
Exhibit
I
FORM
OF ANNUAL TRUSTEE CERTIFICATION
|
Re:
|
The
[ ]
agreement dated as of
[ ],
20[ ] (the “Agreement”), among [IDENTIFY
PARTIES]
|
I,
________________________________, a _______________________
of the Trustee, certify to the Transferor, and its officers, with the
knowledge and intent that they will rely upon this certification,
that:
(1) I
have reviewed the report on assessment of the Trustee’s compliance provided in
accordance with Rules 13a-18 and 15d-18 under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and Item 1122 of Regulation AB (17
C.F.R. §229.1100, et seq.) (the “Criteria Assessment”), and the
registered public accounting firm’s attestation report provided in accordance
with Rules 13a-18 and 15d-18 under the Exchange Act and Section 1122(b) of
Regulation AB (the “Attestation Report”) that were delivered by the
Trustee to the Transferor pursuant to the Agreement (collectively, the
“Trustee Information”);
(2) To
my knowledge, the Trustee Information, taken as a whole, does not contain any
untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary
to make the statements made, in the light of the circumstances under which
such
statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period of time covered
by the Trustee Information;
(3) To
my knowledge, all of the Trustee Information required to be provided by the
Trustee under the Agreement has been provided to the Transferor;
and
(4) To
my knowledge, except as disclosed in the Criteria Assessment or the Attestation
Report, the Trustee has fulfilled its obligations under the
Agreement.
Date:
|
||
By:
|
||
Name:
|
||
Title:
|
I-1
Exhibit
J
SERVICING
CRITERIA TO BE ADDRESSED IN
ASSESSMENT OF COMPLIANCE
The
assessment of compliance to be
delivered by the Trustee shall address, at a minimum, the criteria identified
below as “Applicable
Servicing
Criteria”:
SERVICING
CRITERIA
|
APPLICABLE
SERVICING CRITERIA
|
INAPPLICABLE
SERVICING CRITERIA
|
|
Reference
|
Criteria
|
||
General
Servicing Considerations
|
|||
1122(d)(1)(i)
|
Policies
and procedures are instituted to monitor any performance or other
triggers
and events of default in accordance with the transaction
agreements.
|
X
|
|
1122(d)(1)(ii)
|
If
any material servicing activities are outsourced to third parties,
policies and procedures are instituted to monitor the third party’s
performance and compliance with such servicing activities.
|
||
1122(d)(1)(iii)
|
Any
requirements in the transaction agreements to maintain a back-up
servicer
for the credit card loans are maintained.
|
X
|
|
1122(d)(1)(iv)
|
A
fidelity bond and errors and omissions policy is in effect on
the party
participating in the servicing function throughout the reporting
period in
the amount of coverage required by and otherwise in accordance
with the
terms of the transaction agreements.
|
X
|
|
Cash
Collection and Administration
|
|||
1122(d)(2)(i)
|
Payments
on credit card accounts are deposited into the appropriate custodial
bank
accounts and related bank clearing accounts no more than two
business days
following receipt, or such other number of days specified in
the
transaction agreements.
|
X
|
|
1122(d)(2)(ii)
|
Disbursements
made via wire transfer on behalf of an obligor or to an investor
are made
only by authorized personnel.
|
X
|
|
1122(d)(2)(iii)
|
Advances
of funds or guarantees regarding collections, cash flows or distributions,
and any interest or other fees charged for such advances, are
made,
reviewed and approved as specified in the transaction
agreements.
|
X
|
|
1122(d)(2)(iv)
|
The
related accounts for the transaction, such as cash reserve accounts
or
accounts established for overcollateralization, are separately
maintained
(e.g., with respect to commingling of cash) as set forth in the
transaction agreements.
|
X
|
|
1122(d)(2)(v)
|
Each
custodial account is maintained at a federally insured depository
institution as set forth in the transaction agreements. For purposes
of
this criterion, “federally insured depository institution” with respect to
a foreign financial institution means a foreign financial institution
that
meets the requirements of Rule 13k-1(b)(1) of the Securities
Exchange
Act.
|
X
|
2 If any material servicing
activities are outsourced to third parties, Item 1122 (d) (1) (ii) would be
included in the Applicable Servicing Criteria for Servicer.
J-1
SERVICING
CRITERIA
|
APPLICABLE
SERVICING CRITERIA
|
INAPPLICABLE
SERVICING CRITERIA
|
|
Reference
|
Criteria
|
1122(d)(2)(vi)
|
Unissued
checks are safeguarded so as to prevent unauthorized
access.
|
X
|
|
1122(d)(2)(vii)
|
Reconciliations
are prepared on a monthly basis for all asset-backed securities
related
bank accounts, including custodial accounts and related bank clearing
accounts. These reconciliations are (A) mathematically accurate;
(B)
prepared within 30 calendar days after the bank statement cutoff
date, or
such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements;
(C)
reviewed and approved by someone other than the person who prepared
the
reconciliation; and (D) contain explanations for reconciling items.
These
reconciling items are resolved within 90 calendar days of their
original
identification, or such other number of days specified in the transaction
agreements.
|
X
|
|
Investor
Remittances and Reporting
|
|||
1122(d)(3)(i)
|
Reports
to investors, including those to be filed with the Commission,
are
maintained in accordance with the transaction agreements and applicable
Commission requirements. Specifically, such reports (A) are prepared
in
accordance with timeframes and other terms set forth in the transaction
agreements; (B) provide information calculated in accordance with the
terms specified in the transaction agreements; (C) are filed with
the
Commission as required by its rules and regulations; and (D) agree
with
investors’ or the trustee’s records as to the total unpaid principal
balance and number of pool assets serviced by the
Servicer.
|
X
|
|
1122(d)(3)(ii)
|
Amounts
due to investors are allocated and remitted in accordance with
timeframes,
distribution priority and other terms set forth in the transaction
agreements.
|
X1
|
|
1122(d)(3)(iii)
|
Disbursements
made to an investor are posted within two business days to the
Servicer’s
investor records, or such other number of days specified in the
transaction agreements.
|
X2
|
|
1122(d)(3)(iv)
|
Amounts
remitted to investors per the investor reports agree with cancelled
checks, or other form of payment, or custodial bank
statements.
|
X3
|
|
Pool
Asset Administration
|
|||
1122(d)(4)(i)
|
Collateral
or security on pool assets is maintained as required by the transaction
agreements or related asset pool documents.
|
X
|
|
1122(d)(4)(ii)
|
Pool
assets and related documents are safeguarded as required by the
transaction agreements
|
X
|
|
1122(d)(4)(iii)
|
Any
additions, removals or substitutions to the asset pool are made,
reviewed
and approved in accordance with any conditions or requirements
in the
transaction agreements.
|
X
|
__________________________________
1
The Asserting Party allocates amounts due to investors and remits such amounts
to the Paying Agent in accordance with the timeframes, distribution priority
and
other terms set forth in the transaction agreements.
3
The
Asserting Party agrees amounts remitted
to investors per
the investor reports to amounts remitted to the Paying Agent per the bank
statements.
J-2
SERVICING
CRITERIA
|
APPLICABLE
SERVICING CRITERIA
|
INAPPLICABLE
SERVICING CRITERIA
|
|
Reference
|
Criteria
|
1122(d)(4)(iv)
|
Payments
on credit card accounts, including any payoffs, made in accordance
with
the related credit card account documents are posted to the Servicer’s
obligor records maintained no more than two business days after
receipt,
or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements,
and
allocated to principal, interest or other items (e.g., escrow)
in
accordance with the related asset pool documents.
|
X
|
|
1122(d)(4)(v)
|
The
Servicer’s records regarding the accounts agree with the Servicer’s
records with respect to an obligor’s unpaid principal
balance.
|
X
|
|
1122(d)(4)(vi)
|
Changes
with respect to the terms or status of an obligor's account (e.g.,
loan
modifications or re-agings) are made, reviewed and approved by
authorized
personnel in accordance with the transaction agreements and related
pool
asset documents.
|
X
|
|
1122(d)(4)(vii)
|
Loss
mitigation or recovery actions (e.g., forbearance plans, modifications
and
deeds in lieu of foreclosure, foreclosures and repossessions, as
applicable) are initiated, conducted and concluded in accordance
with the
timeframes or other requirements established by the transaction
agreements.
|
X
|
|
1122(d)(4)(viii)
|
Records
documenting collection efforts are maintained during the period
an Account
is delinquent in accordance with the transaction agreements. Such
records
are maintained on at least a monthly basis, or such other period
specified
in the transaction agreements, and describe the entity’s activities in
monitoring delinquent Accounts including, for example, phone calls,
letters and payment rescheduling plans in cases where delinquency
is
deemed temporary (e.g., illness or unemployment).
|
X
|
|
1122(d)(4)(ix)
|
Adjustments
to interest rates or rates of return for Accounts with variable
rates are
computed based on the related Account documents.
|
X
|
|
1122(d)(4)(x)
|
Regarding
any funds held in trust for an obligor (such as escrow accounts):
(A) such
funds are analyzed, in accordance with the obligor’s pool asset documents,
on at least an annual basis, or such other period specified in
the
transaction agreements; (B) interest on such funds is paid, or
credited,
to obligors in accordance with applicable pool asset documents
and state
laws; and (C) such funds are returned to the obligor within 30
calendar
days of full repayment of the related pool assets, or such other
number of
days specified in the transaction agreements.
|
X
|
|
1122(d)(4)(xi)
|
Payments
made on behalf of an obligor (such as tax or insurance payments)
are made
on or before the related penalty or expiration dates, as indicated
on the
appropriate bills or notices for such payments, provided that such
support
has been received by the servicer at least 30 calendar days prior
to these
dates, or such other number of days specified in the transaction
agreements.
|
X
|
|
1122(d)(4)(xii)
|
Any
late payment penalties in connection with any payment to be made
on behalf
of an obligor are paid from the servicer’s funds and not charged to the
obligor, unless the late payment was due to the obligor’s error or
omission.
|
X
|
|
1122(d)(4)(xiii)
|
Disbursements
made on behalf of an obligor are posted within two business days
to the
obligor’s records maintained by the servicer, or such other number of days
specified in the transaction agreements.
|
X
|
|
1122(d)(4)(xiv)
|
Delinquencies,
charge-offs and uncollectible accounts are recognized and recorded
in
accordance with the transaction agreements.
|
X
|
J-3
SERVICING
CRITERIA
|
APPLICABLE
SERVICING CRITERIA
|
INAPPLICABLE
SERVICING CRITERIA
|
|
Reference
|
Criteria
|
1122(d)(4)(xv)
|
Any
external enhancement or other support, identified in Item 1114(a)(1)
through (3) or Item 1115 of Regulation AB, is maintained as set
forth in
the transaction agreements.
|
[NAME
OF
TRUSTEE]
|
|||
Date:
|
|||
By:
|
|||
Name:
|
|||
Title:
|
J-4
Exhibit
K
SERVICING
CRITERIA TO BE ADDRESSED IN ASSESSMENT OF COMPLIANCE
The
assessment of compliance to be
delivered by the [Servicer]
[Subservicer] shall
address, at a minimum, the criteria identified below as “Applicable
Servicing
Criteria”:
SERVICING
CRITERIA
|
APPLICABLE
SERVICING
CRITERIA
|
INAPPLICABLE
SERVICING
CRITERIA
|
|
Reference
|
Criteria
|
||
General
Servicing
Considerations
|
|||
1122(d)(1)(i)
|
Policies
and procedures are
instituted to monitor any performance or other triggers and events
of
default in
accordance
with the transaction agreements.
|
X
|
|
1122(d)(1)(ii)
|
If
any material servicing
activities are outsourced to third parties, policies and procedures
are
instituted to monitor the third party’s
performance and compliance with
such servicing
activities.
|
||
1122(d)(1)(iii)
|
Any
requirements in the
transaction agreements to maintain a back-up servicer for the credit
card
loans are maintained.
|
X
|
|
1122(d)(1)(iv)
|
A
fidelity bond and errors and
omissions policy is in effect on the party participating in the
servicing function
throughout the reporting period in the amount of coverage required
by and
otherwise in accordance with the terms of the transaction
agreements.
|
X
|
|
Cash
Collection and
Administration
|
|||
1122(d)(2)(i)
|
Payments
on credit card accounts
are deposited into the
appropriate custodial bank accounts and related bank clearing accounts
no
more than two business days following receipt, or such other number
of
days specified in the transaction agreements.
|
X
|
|
1122(d)(2)(ii)
|
Disbursements
made via wire transfer on behalf
of an obligor or to an investor are made only by authorized
personnel.
|
X
|
|
1122(d)(2)(iii)
|
Advances
of funds or guarantees
regarding collections, cash flows or distributions, and any interest
or
other fees charged for such advances,
are made, reviewed and
approved as specified in the transaction
agreements.
|
X
|
|
1122(d)(2)(iv)
|
The
related accounts for the
transaction, such as cash reserve accounts or accounts established
for
overcollateralization, are separately maintained (e.g., with
respect to commingling
of cash) as set forth in the transaction
agreements.
|
X
|
|
1122(d)(2)(v)
|
Each
custodial account is
maintained at a federally insured depository institution as set forth
in
the transaction agreements. For purposes of this criterion, “federally
insured depository
institution” with
respect to a foreign financial institution means a foreign financial
institution that meets the requirements of Rule 13k-1(b)(1) of the
Securities Exchange Act.
|
X
|
___________________________________
2
If any material
servicing activities are outsourced to third parties, Item 1122 (d) (1) (ii)
would be included in the Applicable Servicing Criteria for
Servicer.
K-1
SERVICING
CRITERIA
|
APPLICABLE
SERVICING CRITERIA
|
INAPPLICABLE
SERVICING CRITERIA
|
|
Reference
|
Criteria
|
1122(d)(2)(vi)
|
Unissued
checks are safeguarded
so as to prevent
unauthorized access.
|
X
|
|
1122(d)(2)(vii)
|
Reconciliations
are prepared
on a monthly basis for all asset-backed securities related bank accounts,
including custodial accounts and related bank clearing accounts.
These
reconciliations are
(A) mathematically accurate; (B) prepared within 30 calendar days
after
the bank statement cutoff date, or such other number of days specified
in
the transaction agreements; (C) reviewed and approved by someone
other
than the person who prepared the
reconciliation; and (D)
contain explanations for reconciling items. These reconciling items
are
resolved within 90 calendar days of their original identification,
or such
other number of days specified in the transaction
agreements.
|
X
|
|
Investor
Remittances and
Reporting
|
|||
1122(d)(3)(i)
|
Reports
to investors, including
those to be filed with the Commission, are maintained in accordance
with
the transaction agreements and applicable Commission requirements.
Specifically, such reports (A) are prepared in accordance
with timeframes and
other terms set forth in the transaction agreements; (B) provide
information calculated in accordance with the terms specified in
the
transaction agreements; (C) are filed with the Commission as required
by
its rules and regulations;
and (D) agree with
investors’
or the trustee’s
records as to the total unpaid
principal balance and number of pool assets
serviced by the
Servicer.
|
X
|
|
1122(d)(3)(ii)
|
Amounts
due to investors are
allocated and remitted in accordance with timeframes, distribution
priority and
other terms set forth in the transaction
agreements.
|
X1
|
|
1122(d)(3)(iii)
|
Disbursements
made to an investor
are posted within two business days to the Servicer’s
investor records, or such other
number of days specified in the transaction
agreements.
|
X2
|
|
1122(d)(3)(iv)
|
Amounts
remitted to investors per
the investor reports agree with cancelled checks, or other form of
payment, or custodial bank statements.
|
X3
|
|
Pool
Asset
Administration
|
|||
1122(d)(4)(i)
|
Collateral
or
security on pool
assets is maintained as required by the transaction agreements or
related
asset pool documents.
|
X
|
|
1122(d)(4)(ii)
|
Pool
assets and related documents
are safeguarded as required by the transaction
agreements
|
X
|
|
1122(d)(4)(iii)
|
Any
additions, removals or substitutions
to the
asset pool are made, reviewed and approved in accordance with any
conditions or requirements in the transaction
agreements.
|
X
|
________________________
1 The
Asserting Party allocates amounts due to investors and remits such amounts
to
the Paying Agent in accordance with the timeframes, distribution priority
and
other terms set forth in the transaction agreements.
2 Amounts
remitted to the Paying Agent pursuant to the transaction agreements are
posted
to the Asserting Party’s records within two business days.
3The
Asserting Party agrees amounts
remitted to investors per the investor reports to amounts remitted to the
Paying
Agent per the bank statements.
K-2
SERVICING
CRITERIA
|
APPLICABLE
SERVICING CRITERIA
|
INAPPLICABLE
SERVICING CRITERIA
|
|
Reference
|
Criteria
|
||
1122(d)(4)(iv)
|
Payments
on credit card accounts, including any payoffs, made in accordance
with
the related credit card account documents are posted to the Servicer’s
obligor records maintained no more than two business days after
receipt,
or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements,
and
allocated to principal, interest or other items (e.g., escrow)
in
accordance with the related asset pool documents.
|
X
|
|
1122(d)(4)(v)
|
The
Servicer’s records regarding the accounts agree with the Servicer’s
records with respect to an obligor’s unpaid principal
balance.
|
X
|
|
1122(d)(4)(vi)
|
Changes
with respect to the terms or status of an obligor's account (e.g.,
loan
modifications or re-agings) are made, reviewed and approved by
authorized
personnel in accordance with the transaction agreements and related
pool
asset documents.
|
X
|
|
1122(d)(4)(vii)
|
Loss
mitigation or recovery actions (e.g., forbearance plans, modifications
and
deeds in lieu of foreclosure, foreclosures and repossessions, as
applicable) are initiated, conducted and concluded in accordance
with the
timeframes or other requirements established by the transaction
agreements.
|
X
|
|
1122(d)(4)(viii)
|
Records
documenting collection efforts are maintained during the period
an Account
is delinquent in accordance with the transaction agreements. Such
records
are maintained on at least a monthly basis, or such other period
specified
in the transaction agreements, and describe the entity’s activities in
monitoring delinquent Accounts including, for example, phone calls,
letters and payment rescheduling plans in cases where delinquency
is
deemed temporary (e.g., illness or unemployment).
|
X
|
|
1122(d)(4)(ix)
|
Adjustments
to interest rates or rates of return for Accounts with variable
rates are
computed based on the related Account documents.
|
X
|
|
1122(d)(4)(x)
|
Regarding
any funds held in trust for an obligor (such as escrow accounts):
(A) such
funds are analyzed, in accordance with the obligor’s pool asset documents,
on at least an annual basis, or such other period specified in
the
transaction agreements; (B) interest on such funds is paid, or
credited,
to obligors in accordance with applicable pool asset documents
and state
laws; and (C) such funds are returned to the obligor within 30
calendar
days of full repayment of the related pool assets, or such other
number of
days specified in the transaction agreements.
|
X
|
|
1122(d)(4)(xi)
|
Payments
made on behalf of an obligor (such as tax or insurance payments)
are made
on or before the related penalty or expiration dates, as indicated
on the
appropriate bills or notices for such payments, provided that such
support
has been received by the servicer at least 30 calendar days prior to
these dates, or such other number of days specified in the transaction
agreements.
|
X
|
|
1122(d)(4)(xii)
|
Any
late payment penalties in connection with any payment to be made
on behalf
of an obligor are paid from the servicer’s funds and not charged to the
obligor, unless the late payment was due to the obligor’s error or
omission.
|
X
|
|
1122(d)(4)(xiii)
|
Disbursements
made on behalf of an obligor are posted within two business days
to the
obligor’s records maintained by the servicer, or such other number of days
specified in the transaction agreements.
|
X
|
|
1122(d)(4)(xiv)
|
Delinquencies,
charge-offs and uncollectible accounts are recognized and recorded
in
accordance with the transaction agreements.
|
X
|
[NAME
OF [SERVICER]
[SUBSERVICER]]
|
||
Date:
|
||
By:
|
||
Name:
|
||
Title:
|
3
If there are any
external enhancement or other support identified in Item 1114 (a) (1) through
(3) or Item 1115 of Regulation AB, Item 1122 (d) (4) (xv) would be included
in
the Applicable Servicing Criteria for the Servicer
K-4
Schedule
1
LIST
OF ACCOUNTS
Delivered
to Trustee only
[Deemed
Incorporated]
Exhibit
L
FORM
OF
FIRST
USA CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST
TRUSTEE’S
CERTIFICATE
[ ]
[ ], 20[ ]
Reference
is hereby made to the THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED POOLING AND SERVICING
AGREEMENT, dated as of December 19, 2007 (the “Agreement”), by and between CHASE
BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (successor to First USA Bank, National
Association), a national banking association, as transferor and servicer (the
“Bank”) and THE BANK OF NEW YORK (DELAWARE), a Delaware banking corporation, as
trustee (the “Trustee”) on behalf of the Certificateholders of the First USA
Credit Card Master Trust (the “Trust”).
In
connection with transactions contemplated by the applicable Terms Agreement
(the
“Terms Agreement”), each with respect to a specific tranche of CHASEseries
notes, dated the respective dates of the pricing of such CHASEseries notes,
incorporating an Underwriting Agreement, dated as of
[ ]
[ ], 20[ ] (together, the “Underwriting Agreement”), by
and among the representative of the several underwriters (collectively, the
“Underwriters”), the Bank and Chase Issuance Trust, a Delaware statutory trust
(the “Issuing Entity”), relating to the sale by the Issuing Entity to the
Underwriters of CHASEseries notes from the date hereof through
[ ]
[ ], 20[ ] (the “Notes”), the undersigned, an authorized
officer of the Trustee, hereby certifies the following:
1. The
information provided by the Trustee in the base prospectus, dated
[ ]
[ ], 20[ ] (the “Base Prospectus”), relating to the
offering of the Notes of the Issuing Entity in the form filed with the
Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Rules and Regulations under the
Securities Act, as excerpted in Schedule A hereto, is true and accurate
in all material respects.
2. To
the knowledge of the undersigned officer of the Trustee, as of the date and
time
of this certificate, there are no legal proceedings pending or known to be
contemplated against the Trustee or against any property of the Trustee, that
would be material to security holders of the Notes.
3. To
the knowledge of the undersigned officer of the Trustee, as of the date and
time
of this certificate, there are no governmental proceedings pending or known
to
be contemplated against the Trustee or against any property of the Trustee,
that
would be material to security holders of the Notes.
4. To
the knowledge of the undersigned officer of the Trustee, as of the date and
time
of this certificate, there are no business relationships, agreements,
arrangements, transactions or understandings that are entered into outside
the
ordinary
L-1
course
of business or on terms other than would be obtained in an arm’s length
transaction with an unrelated third party, that currently exists or that
existed
during the past two years and that are material to security holders of the
Notes
between the Trustee and any of the following:
(a) the
Bank;
(b) Wilmington
Trust Company[;]/[; and]
(c) Xxxxx
Fargo Bank, National Association[[; and]/[.]
(d) any
enhancement or support provider.]1
______________________________
1
|
If
applicable, the Transferor shall inform the Trustee of the identity
of any
enhancement or support provider; otherwise (d) is
deleted.
|
L-2
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this certificate as of the date hereinabove
set
forth.
THE
BANK OF NEW YORK (DELAWARE)
|
|||
By:
|
|||
Name:
|
|||
Title:
|
L-3
Schedule
A
1. Page
[ ] of Base Prospectus
[DESCRIPTION
OF THE BANK OF NEW YORK
(DELAWARE)]
2. Page
[ ] of Base Prospectus
[DESCRIPTION
OF THE BANK OF NEW YORK
(DELAWARE)]